Toyota 2004 Celica Car

Product's Documents

Below are documents related to this product, you can read online or download:
2004 CELICA photo

User Manual

This is the main product document for model 2004 CELICA.

The file format is pdf, 266 pages, you can download this manual here .

background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
1
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument cluster overview 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 1
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
2
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Side vents
2. Instrument cluster
3. Center vents
4. Electric moon roof switch and/or
interior light
5. Glove box
6. Manual transmission gear shift lever or
automatic transmission selector lever
7. Power window switches
8. Power door lock switch
9. Auxiliary box
10. Parking brake lever
11. Transmission shift switches
12. Hood lock release lever
13. Power rear view mirror control switches
Instrument panel overview
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
3
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Instrument panel light control knob
2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light switches
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Clock
6. Auxiliary box
7. Car audio
8. Air conditioning controls
9. Cigarette lighter
10. Ashtray
11. Rear window defogger switch
12. Ignition switch
13. Cruise control switch
14. Tilt steering lock release lever
15. Headlight beam level control dial
16. Window lock switch
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
4
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Tachometer
2. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights
3. Speedometer
4. Fuel gauge
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge
6. Odometer and two trip meters
7. Trip meter reset knob
8. Gear position indicators
Instrument cluster overview
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
5
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
SRS warning light
1
Open door warning light
1
Brake system warning light
1
Discharge warning light
1
Low engine oil pressure warning light
1
Malfunction indicator lamp
1
Antilock brake system warning light
1
Driver’s seat belt reminder light
1
Low fuel level warning light
1
or or
Automatic transmission fluid temperature
warning light
1
Headlight low beam indicator light
Tail light indicator light
Headlight high beam indicator light
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
1
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
6
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1
: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” in Section 16.
2
: If this light flashes, see “Automatic transmission” in Section
17.
3
: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 17.
Cruise control indicator light
3
Overdriveoff indicator light
Automatic transmission indicator lights
M mode indicator light
2
Turn signal indicator lights
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
125
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Clock 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside temperature display 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter and ashtray 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary boxes 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cup holders 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tiedown hooks 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage cover 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grocery bag hooks 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 10
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
126
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Type A
Type B
The digital clock indicates the time.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON
position.
To reset the hour: Push the “H button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time dis-
play will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the time indi-
cator is reduced.
Type A only
If quick adjustment to a full hour is de-
sired, push the “:00” button.
For example, if the “:00” button is de-
pressed when the time is between
1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.
If the time is between 1:30—1:59, the
time will change to 2:00.
Type B only
When the key is in the “ONposition,
push the “MODE” button to change the
display from clock to outside temperature
display. (See “Outside temperature dis-
play” in this Section.)
The outside temperature display indi-
cates the outside air temperature.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
To change the display from clock to out-
side temperature display, push and release
“MODE”. The display changes from clock
to outside temperature display (_C), then
back to clock each time you push. (See
“Clock” in this Section.)
Outside temperature display (_C)—Shows
the outside air temperature in Celsius.
The displayed temperature ranges from
30_C to 50_C.
When you return the key to the “ACC”
position, the display returns to clock
mode.
Clock Outside temperature display
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
127
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If there is a problem with the connection
to the outside air temperature sensor, “−−
will appear on the display. Contact your
Toyota dealer.
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the tempera-
ture indicator is reduced.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.
After it finishes heating up, it automati-
cally pops out ready for use.
If the engine is not running, the key must
be in the “ACC” position.
Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed
in.
Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
equivalent for replacement.
ASHTRAY
To use the ashtray, pull out the lid.
When finished with your cigarette, thor-
oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-
vent other cigarette butts from catching
fire. After using the ashtray, close the lid
completely.
To remove the ashtray, pull the lid and
pull it out.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, always close the lid
completely after use.
Cigarette lighter and ashtray
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
128
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To use the glove box, do this.
To open: Pull the lever.
With the instrument panel lights on, the
glove box light will come on when the
glove box is open.
To lock: Insert the master key and turn it
clockwise.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.
Type A (instrument panel)
Type B (rear console)
To use the boxes, open them as shown
in the illustrations.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.
NOTICE
Type A—During hot weather, the inte-
rior of the vehicle becomes very hot.
Do not leave anything flammable or
deformable such as a lighter, glasses,
etc. inside.
Glove box Auxiliary boxes
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
129
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Front
Rear
The cup holders are designed for hold-
ing cups or drinkcans securely.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other than
cups or drinkcans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly in-
jure people in the vehicle during sud-
den braking or in an accident.
To secure your luggage, use the tie
down hooks as shown above.
See “—Stowage precautionsin Section 2
for precautions when loading luggage.
CAUTION
To avoid personal injury, keep the tie
down hooks stored under the carpet
when not in use.
Cup holders Tiedown hooks
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
130
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
When you open the back door, the lug-
gage cover tilt ups for easy access to
the luggage compartment.
For additional luggage space, unhook the
cords and lift the cover out of the retain-
ers.
Make sure the luggage cover is surely
stowed when reinstalling it.
These hooks are designed to hang
things like grocery bags.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging heavy loads on it.
Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the floor carpet and floor mat have 2
holes, then they are designed for use with
locking clips. Fix the floor mat with lock-
ing clips into the holes in the floor carpet.
Luggage cover Grocery bag hooks Floor mat
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
131
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the floor carpet. If the floor
mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driv-
ing, it may cause an accident.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
132
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
7
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side doors 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power windows 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back door 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank cap 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric moon roof 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 2
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
8
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
1. Master keys—
These keys work in every lock.
Since the side doors and back door
can be locked without a key, you
should always carry a spare master
key in case you accidentally lock your
keys inside the vehicle.
2. Sub key
This key will not work in the back door
and glove box.
To protect items locked in the glove
box or luggage compartment when us-
ing valet parking, leave the sub key
with the attendant.
KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key num-
ber and storing it in a safe place.
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.
To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.
Vehicles with a power door lock system—
Both side doors and back door lock and
unlock simultaneously with either side
door. In the driver’s door lock, turning the
key once will unlock the drivers door and
twice in succession will unlock both side
doors and back door simultaneously.
Keys Side doors
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
9
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Vehicles with a power door lock system—
When the interior light switch is in the
“DOOR” position, and both side doors and
back door are unlocked using either the
key or wireless remote control transmitter,
the interior light will come on and remain
on for about 15 seconds before fading
out. (For further information, see “Interior
light” in Section 15.)
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH
INSIDE LOCK KNOB
Move the lock knob.
To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.
Closing the side door with the lock knob
in the lock position will also lock the side
door. Be careful not to lock your keys in
the vehicle.
Vehicles with a power door lock system—
Doors cannot be locked when either side
door is open and the key is in the igni-
tion.
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Push the switch.
To lock: Push the switch down on the
front side.
To unlock: Push the switch down on the
rear side.
Both side doors and back door lock or
unlock simultaneously.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
10
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the side
doors are closed and locked, espe-
cially when small children are in the
vehicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the side doors
helps prevent the driver and passen-
gers from being thrown out from the
vehicle during an accident. It also
helps prevent the side doors from be-
ing opened unintentionally.
Locking operation
Unlocking operation
The wireless remote control system is
designed to lock or unlock both side
doors and back door, or activate the
“PANIC” mode from a distance within
approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE SIDE
DOORS AND BACK DOOR
To lock and unlock both side doors and
back door, push the switches of the
transmitter slowly and securely.
To lock: Push the “LOCK switch. Both
side doors and back door are locked si-
multaneously. At this time, parking lights,
side marker lights and tail lights flash.
Check to see that both side doors and
back door are securely locked.
If either side doors or back door is not
securely closed, or if the key is in the
ignition switch, locking cannot be per-
formed by the “LOCK” switch.
To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK switch
once to unlock the driver’s door alone.
Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds
unlocks both side doors and back door
simultaneously. At this time, parking lights,
side marker lights and tail lights flash
twice.
—Wireless remote control
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
11
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
When the interior light switch is in the
“DOOR” position, and both side doors and
back door are unlocked simultaneously us-
ing the wireless remote control transmitter,
the interior light will come on and remain
on for about 15 seconds before fading
out, even if the door is not opened. (For
further information, see “Interior light” in
Section 15.)
You have 30 seconds to open a door after
using the wireless remote unlock feature.
If a door is not opened by then, both side
doors and back door will be automatically
locked again.
If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept
pressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-
tion is not repeated. Release the switch
and then push again.
“PANIC” SWITCH
Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows the
horn intermittently and flashes the
headlights and tail lights.
The “PANIC switch is used to deter ve-
hicle theft when you witness anyone at-
tempting to break into or damage your
vehicle.
The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
alarm midway, do the following:
D Push the “PANIC switch once again.
D Unlock either side door or back door
with the key or wireless remote control
transmitter.
D Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK
to “ACC or “ON position.
The “PANICmode does not work when
the ignition key is in the “ACC or “ON
position.
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL
TRANSMITTER
The wireless remote control transmitter is
an electronic component. Observe the fol-
lowing instructions in order not to cause
damage to the transmitter.
D Do not leave the transmitter on places
where the temperature becomes high
such as on the dashboard.
D Do not disassemble it.
D Avoid knocking it hard against other
objects or dropping it.
D Avoid putting it in water.
You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-
trol transmitters for the same vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
information.
If the wireless remote control transmitter
does not actuate the doors or alarm, or
operate from a normal distance:
D Check for closeness to a radio trans-
mitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
12
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D The battery may have been consumed.
Check the battery in the transmitter. To
replace the battery, see “REPLACING
TRANSMITTER BATTERY”.
If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-
dent.
If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-
dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-
mote control transmitter” in Section 4.)
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, includ-
ing interference that may cause unde-
sired operation.
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protec-
tion against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instruc-
tions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interfer-
ence to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is en-
couraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following
measures:
D Reorient or relocate the receiving an-
tenna.
D Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
D Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
D Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party respon-
sible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
13
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY
For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium
battery or equivalent.
CAUTION
Special care should be taken to pre-
vent small children from swallowing
the removed transmitter battery or
components.
NOTICE
z During replacing the transmitter
battery, do not push the “LOCK”
and “UNLOCK” switches many
times.
z When replacing the transmitter bat-
tery, be careful not to lose the com-
ponents.
z Replace only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by a
Toyota dealer.
z Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.
Replace the transmitter battery by follow-
ing these procedures:
1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the
transmitter case.
2. Remove the discharged transmitter bat-
tery by ballpoint pen. Insert the tip of
ballpoint pen at the guide groove and
lift as shown in the above illustration.
NOTICE
Do not bend the terminals.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
14
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
3. Put a new transmitter battery with posi-
tive (+) side up.
Close the transmitter case securely.
NOTICE
z Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the transmitter bat-
tery are faced correctly.
z Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause unexpected
rust.
z Do not touch or move any compo-
nents inside of the transmitter, or
it may interfere with proper opera-
tion.
z Be careful not to bend the electrode
of the transmitter battery insertion
and that dust or oils do not adhere
to the transmitter case.
z Close the transmitter case securely.
After replacing the battery, check that the
transmitter operates properly. If the trans-
mitter still does not operate properly, con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
The windows can be operated with the
switch on the center console.
The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
Key off operation: If both side doors are
closed, they work for 43 seconds even
after the ignition switch is turned off. They
stop working when either side door is
opened.
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Use the switch on the drivers side of
the center console.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
Power windows
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
15
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Automatic operation (to open only):
Push the switch completely down and then
release it. The window will fully open. To
stop the window partway, lightly pull the
switch up and then release it.
OPERATING THE PASSENGER’S
WINDOW
Use the switch on the passenger’s side
of the center console.
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
If you push in the window lock switch on
the instrument panel, the passenger’s win-
dow cannot be operated.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
16
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
D Before you close the power win-
dows, always make sure there is
nobody around the power windows.
You must also make sure the
heads, hands and other parts of the
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in a serious injury.
When anyone closes the power win-
dows, make sure he or she oper-
ates the windows safely.
D When small children are in the ve-
hicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervi-
sion. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unex-
pected use of the switches.
D Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.
D Never leave anyone (particularly a
small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unat-
tended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.
Insert the master key into the keyhole
and turn it.
To lock: Turn the key clockwise.
To unlock: Turn the key counterclockwise.
To open the back door, pull the lock re-
lease lever.
Operating the power door lock switch or
wireless remote control transmitter simul-
taneously locks or unlocks the back door.
(See “Side doors” in this Section.)
When closing the back door, make sure
it is securely closed.
See “—Stowage precautionsin Section 2
for precautions when loading luggage.
Back door
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
17
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
When closing the back door, the inside
handle can be used to make the reach
easier.
To close the back door, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the back door,
try pulling it up to make sure it is secure-
ly closed.
CAUTION
Keep the back door closed while driv-
ing. This not only keeps the luggage
from being thrown out but also pre-
vents exhaust gases from entering
the vehicle.
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is closed and securely locked. Other-
wise, the hood may open unexpected-
ly while driving and an accident may
occur.
2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood.
Hood
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
18
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
3. Hold the hood open by inserting the
support rod into the slot.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. and return the support rod to its
clip—this prevents rattles. Then lower the
hood and make sure it locks into place.
If necessary, press down gently on the
front edge to lock it.
CAUTION
After inserting the support rod into
the slot, make sure the rod supports
the hood securely from falling down
on to your head or body.
NOTICE
Be sure to return the support rod to
its clip before closing the hood. Clos-
ing the hood with the support rod up
could cause the hood to bend.
This indicates that the fuel filler door
is on the left side of your vehicle.
Fuel tank cap
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
19
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
lever up.
When refueling, turn off the engine.
CAUTION
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
low open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.
D When opening the cap, do not re-
move the cap quickly. In hot weath-
er, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly re-
moved.
2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap slowly counterclockwise,
then pause slightly before removing
it. After removing the cap, hang the
tether as shown in the illustration.
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened. When installing,
turn the cap clockwise till you hear a
click.
If the cap is not tightened securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
D Make sure the cap is tightened se-
curely to prevent fuel spillage in
the event of an accident.
D Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
cap for replacement. It has a built
in check valve to reduce fuel tank
pressure.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
20
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Tilting operation
Sliding operation
To operate the moon roof, use the
switch beside the interior light.
The moon roof works when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
The sun shade can be opened or closed
by hand.
Tilting operation—
To tilt up: Push the switch briefly on the
“OPEN” side. The roof will tilt up com-
pletely.
To stop the roof partway, push the switch
either the “OPEN” or “CLOSE side briefly.
The sun shade will open lightly with the
moon roof. To open the sun shade com-
pletely, pull it back by hand.
To lower: Push the switch briefly on the
“CLOSE” side. The roof will lower com-
pletely.
Sliding operation
To open (with the roof tilting up): Push the
switch on the “OPEN” side briefly. The
roof will open completely.
To open (with the roof tilting down): Push
the switch on the “OPEN” side for more
than 2 seconds. The roof will open com-
pletely after tilting up.
To stop the roof partway, push the switch
either the “OPEN” or “CLOSE side briefly.
The sun shade will be opened together
with the roof.
To close: Push the switch briefly on the
“CLOSE” side. The roof will close com-
pletely.
Key off operation: If both side doors are
closed, it works for 43 seconds even after
the ignition switch is turned off. It stops
working when either side door is opened.
Jam protection function: If something
gets caught between the moon roof and
frame during closing operation, the moon
roof stops and opens half way.
If the moon roof receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the moon roof may not operate
automatically and the jam protection func-
tion will not function correctly after you
reconnect, replace or recharge the battery.
In any of these cases, you should normal-
ize the moon roof.
To normalize the moon roof, close the
moon roof, and continue to hold the
switch up briefly after the moon roof
reaches the completely closed position
and the motor is blocked.
Electric moon roof
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
21
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Make sure that the moon roof opens and
closes automatically. If the moon roof can-
not be operated properly, have it checked
by your Toyota dealer.
There are cases where malfunctions may
activate the jam protection function, which
will prevent the roof from closing com-
pletely. In this case, pushing and holding
the switch on the “CLOSE” side will close
the roof completely.
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
D While the vehicle is moving, always
keep the heads, hands and other
parts of the bodies of all occupants
away from the roof opening. Other-
wise, they could be seriously in-
jured if the vehicle stops suddenly
or if the vehicle is involved in an
accident.
D Before you close the moon roof,
always make sure there is nobody
around the moon roof. You must
also make sure nobody places his
or her head, hands and other parts
of the body in the roof opening. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in the closing roof, it could
result in a serious injury. When
anyone closes the moon roof, first
make sure it is safe to do so.
D Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.
D Never leave anyone (particularly a
small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the moon roof switches and get
trapped in the roof opening. Unat-
tended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.
D Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.
D Never try jamming any part of your
body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.
D The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the moon roof is fully
closed.
NOTICE
There is the possibility that water or
rain will get into the vehicle if you
operate the moon roof after a rainfall,
snowfall or car wash. Wipe the moon
roof dry with a cloth before operating
it.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
22
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
23
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Occupant restraint systems
Seats 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folddown rear seat 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS side airbags 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child restraint 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 3
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
24
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-
hicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and prop-
erly wear the seat belts provided.
CAUTION
D Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow any passengers to sit on
top of a foldeddown seatback, or
in the luggage compartment or car-
go area. Persons not properly
seated and/or not properly re-
strained by seat belts can be se-
verely injured in the event of emer-
gency braking or a collision.
D During driving, do not allow any
passengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Otherwise,
severe injuries can occur in the
event of emergency braking or a
collision.
Driver seat
CAUTION
The SRS driver airbag deploys with
considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if
the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for driver airbag
is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
in.) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety.
This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your
breastbone. If you sit less than 250
mm (10 in.) away now, you can
change your driving position in sever-
al ways:
D Move your seat to the rear as far
as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
D Slightly recline the back of the
seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 250
mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, sim-
ply by reclining the back of the
seat somewhat. If reclining the back
of your seat makes it hard to see
the road, raise yourself by using a
firm, nonslippery cushion, or raise
the seat if your vehicle has that
feature.
D If your steering wheel is adjustable,
tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of
your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as rec-
ommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot
pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
Seats
Front seats
—Front seat precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
25
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Front passenger seat
CAUTION
The SRS front passenger airbag also
deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury es-
pecially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passen-
ger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback
adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
Front seats (with SRS side airbags)
CAUTION
The SRS side airbags are installed in
the driver and front passenger seats.
Observe the following precautions.
D Do not lean against the front door
when the vehicle is in use, since
the side airbag inflates with consid-
erable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously in-
jured.
D Do not use seat accessories which
cover the area where the side air-
bags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from acti-
vating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.
D Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats equipped
with side airbags. Such change may
prevent the side airbag system from
activating correctly, disable the sys-
tem or cause the side airbag sys-
tem to inflate accidentally, resulting
in death or serious injury.
Adjust the driver’s seat so that the foot
pedals, steering wheel and instrument
panel controls are within easy reach of
the driver.
CAUTION
D Do not adjust the seat while the
vehicle is moving as the seat may
unexpectedly move and cause the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.
D Be careful that the seat does not
hit a passenger or luggage.
D After adjusting the seat position, re-
lease the lever and try sliding the
seat forward and backward to make
sure it is locked in position.
D After adjusting the seatback, push
your body back against the seat to
make sure the seat is locked in
position.
D Do not put objects under the seats.
Otherwise, the objects may interfere
with the seatlock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat posi-
tion adjusting lever and the seat
may suddenly move, causing the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.
—Seat adjustment precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
26
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D While adjusting the seat, do not put
your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. Otherwise, your
hands or fingers may be caught and
injured.
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
Hold the center of the lever and pull it
up. Then slide the seat to the desired
position with slight body pressure and
release the lever.
2.
SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING
LEVER
Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maxi-
mum protection in a frontal or rear
collision when the driver and the
front passenger are sitting up straight
and well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. In the event
of a frontal collision, the more the
seat is reclined, the greater the risk
of personal injury.
—Adjusting front seats
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
27
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
3. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING
KNOB
Turn the knob either way.
For easy access to the rear seat, do
this.
1. Lift the seatback angle adjusting lever
or press the pedal behind the seat-
back.
The seat will slide forward.
2. Move the seat to the frontmost posi-
tion.
After passengers are in, lift up the seat-
back and return the seat until it locks.
CAUTION
D After putting back the seat, try
pushing the seat forward and rear-
ward to make sure it is secured in
place.
D Never allow anyone to rest their
foot on the release pedal while the
vehicle is moving.
—Moving passenger’s seat for
rear seat entry
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
28
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Make sure the shoulder belt passes
through the hanger when folding the
rear seat.
This prevents the shoulder belt from being
damaged.
CAUTION
The seat belt must be removed from
the hanger when the seat belt is in
use.
2. Pull the lock release button and fold
down the seatback.
Each seatback may be folded separately.
This will enlarge the luggage compartment
as far as the front seatbacks. See “—Sto-
wage precautions in Section 2 for precau-
tions when loading luggage.
CAUTION
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, observe the follow-
ing precautions in order to prevent
personal injury in a collision or sud-
den stop:
D Make sure the seatback is securely
locked by pushing forward and rear-
ward on the top of the seatback
and that the red mark at the button
on the top of the seatback cannot
be seen. Failure to do so will pre-
vent the seat belt from operating
properly.
D Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.
Folddown rear seat
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
29
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly re-
strained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
The seat belts provided for your vehicle
are designed for people of adult size,
large enough to properly wear them.
Child. Use a child restraint system ap-
propriate for the child until the child be-
comes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint
in this Section for details.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.
If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.
Do not allow any children to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious in-
jury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. Holding a child in your arms
does not provide sufficient restraint.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-
ry, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendations.
CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious bodily injury or
death in the event of sudden braking
or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:
D Use the belt for only one person at
a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.
D To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision,
avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts
provide maximum protection in a
frontal or rear collision when the
driver and the front passenger are
sitting up straight and well back in
the seats. If you are reclined, the
lap belt may slide past your hips
and apply restraint forces directly
to the abdomen. In the event of a
frontal collision, the more the seat
is reclined, the greater the risk of
personal injury.
Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
30
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or side doors.
D Inspect the belt system periodically.
Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be re-
placed. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.
D Keep the belts clean and dry. If
they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-
ers, or allow them to come into
contact with the belt—they may se-
verely weaken the belts. (See
“Cleaning the interior” in Section
5.)
D Replace the belt assembly (includ-
ing bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.
Tab
Buckle
Adjust the seat as needed and sit up
straight and well back in the seat. To
fasten your belt, pull it out of the re-
tractor and insert the tab into the
buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-
pletely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This fea-
ture is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” in this Section.) To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull
the belt out once more.
If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.
CAUTION
D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
—Fastening seat belts
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
31
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from injury.
Tak e u p
slack
Too h ig h
Keep as low on
hips as possible
Adjust the position of the lap and
shoulder belts.
Position the lap belt as low as possible
on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-
just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder
portion upward through the latch plate.
CAUTION
D Both highpositioned lap belts and
loosefitting belts could cause seri-
ous injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended event. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on hips
as possible.
D Do not place the shoulder belt un-
der your arm.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
32
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To release the belt, press the buckle
release button and allow the belt to
retract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it re-
tracts.
The seat belt can be stowed in the
tongue holder when it is not in use.
CAUTION
The seat belt must be removed from
the tongue holder when the seat belt
is in use.
If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-
curely because they are not long enough,
a personalized seat belt extender is avail-
able from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer so
that the dealer can order the proper re-
quired length for the extender. Bring the
heaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-
er measurement and selection of length.
Additional ordering information is available
at your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following precautions.
Failure to follow these instructions
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt restraint system in case of
an accident, increasing the chance of
personal injury.
D Remember that the extender pro-
vided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, for
another person, or at a different
seating position than the one origi-
nally intended.
—Stowing the front
passengers seat belt
—Seat belt extender
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
33
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Be sure to wear the seat belt with-
out the seat belt extender if you
can fasten the seat belt without the
extender.
D Do not use the seat belt extender
when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passen-
ger seat. If installing a child re-
straint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.
To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle release buttons of the ex-
tender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extend-
er itself.
When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.
CAUTION
D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt and the seat belt extend-
er are not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
D If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from injury.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
34
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The driver and front passenger seat
belt pretensioners are designed to be
activated in response to a severe fron-
tal impact.
When the sensor detects a severe frontal
impact, the front seat belts are quickly
drawn back by the retractors so that the
belts snugly restrain the occupants.
The seat belt pretensioners are activated
even with no passenger in the front seat.
The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air-
bags may not operate together in case of
collisions at a certain speeds and angles.
The seat belt pretensioner system con-
sists mainly of the following components
and their locations are shown in the il-
lustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies
4. Airbag sensor assembly
The seat belt pretensioners are controlled
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sen-
sor and airbag sensor.
When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-
vated, an operating noise may be heard
and a small amount of nontoxic gas may
be released. This does not indicate that
a fire is occurring. This gas is normally
harmless.
Once the seat belt pretensioners have
been activated, the seat belt retractors
remain locked.
CAUTION
Do not modify, remove, strike or open
the seat belt pretensioner assemblies,
airbag sensor or surrounding area or
wiring. Failure to follow these instruc-
tions may prevent the seat belt pre-
tensioners from activating correctly,
cause sudden operation of the system
or disable the system, which could
result in death or serious injury. Con-
sult your Toyota dealer about any re-
pair and modification.
—Seat belt pretensioners
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
35
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
seat belt pretensioners in some
cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile twoway radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Repairs on or near the front seat
belt retractor assemblies
z Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
z Modification of the front end struc-
ture
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or con-
sole
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ONposition.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the seat belt pretensioners are
operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-
er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, seat belt pretensioner as-
semblies, inflators, warning light, intercon-
necting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” in Section 16.)
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
D When the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position, the light does not come
on, remains on or flashes.
D The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.
D If any seat belt does not retract or can
not be pulled out due to a malfunction
or activation of the relevant seat belt
pretensioner.
D The seat belt pretensioner assembly or
surrounding area has been damaged.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
36
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the seat belt pretensioners to operate.
D Either seat belt pretensioner assembly
or surrounding area is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem) front airbags are designed to pro-
vide further protection for the driver
and front passenger in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work together with
the seat belts to help reduce injury by
inflating. The SRS front airbags help to
reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s or
front passenger’s head or chest caused by
directly hitting the vehicle interior.
The front passenger airbag is activated
even with no passenger in the front seat.
Always wear your seat belt properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash
sensing and diagnostic module, which will
record the use of the seat belt restraint
system by the driver when the SRS front
airbags are inflated.
SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
37
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D The SRS front airbag system is de-
signed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
The driver and front passenger can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move for-
ward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the colli-
sion. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wear-
ing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For in-
structions and precautions concern-
ing the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” in this Section.
D Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota
strongly recommends that all in-
fants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and proper-
ly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installa-
tion of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” in this Section.
The SRS front airbag system is de-
signed to activate in response to a se-
vere frontal impact within the shaded
area between the arrows in the illustra-
tion.
The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the de-
signed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision
when impacting straight into a fixed barrier
that does not move or deform.
If the severity of the impact is below the
above threshold level, the SRS front air-
bags may not deploy.
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if it is involved in an underride
collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose
of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,
the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions at the
lower zone of airbag sensor detection and
activation the SRS airbags and seat belt
pretensioners will not operate all together.
Always wear your seat belts properly.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
38
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Collision from the rear
Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover
The SRS front airbags are not designed
to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or
if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal
collision.
Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard surface
Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole
Landing hard or vehicle falling
The SRS front airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the under-
side of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.
The SRS front airbag system consists
mainly of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustra-
tion.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
4. Airbag sensor assembly
5. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
39
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The front airbag sensors constantly moni-
tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.
If an impact results in a forward decelera-
tion beyond the designed threshold level,
the system triggers the airbag inflators. At
this time a chemical reaction in the infla-
tors very quickly fills the airbags with
nontoxic gas to help restrain the forward
motion of the occupants. The front airbags
then quickly deflate, so that there is no
obstruction of the driver’s vision should it
be necessary to continue driving.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
residue along with nontoxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so imme-
diately.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
ries, primarily to the head and chest, it
may also cause other, less severe injuries
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
are usually in the nature of minor burns
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
a deploying airbag can cause more seri-
ous injuries, especially if an occupant’s
hands, arms, chest or head is in close
proximity to the airbag module at the time
of deployment. This is why it is important
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the
occupant and the airbag module; sit
straight and well back into the seat; wear
the available seat belt properly; and sit as
far as possible from the airbag module,
while still maintaining control of the ve-
hicle.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
for several minutes after deployment, so
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflat-
ing airbag.
CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:
D The driver sit as far back as pos-
sible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the ve-
hicle.
D The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.
D All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.
For instructions and precautions con-
cerning the seating position, see
“—Front seat precautions” in this
Section.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
40
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Do not sit on the edge of the seat
or lean against the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use, since the
front passenger airbag could inflate
with considerable speed and force.
Anyone who is up against, or very
close to, an airbag when it inflates,
can be killed or seriously injured.
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, and always use your seat belt
properly.
D Toyota strongly recommends that all
infants and children be placed in
the rear seat of the vehicle and be
properly restrained.
D Do not allow a child to stand up or
kneel on the front passenger seat,
since the front passenger airbag
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the
child may be killed or seriously in-
jured.
D Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instruc-
tions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” in this Section.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
41
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Do not put anything or any part of
your baby on or in front of the
dashboard or steering wheel pad
that houses the front airbag sys-
tem. They might restrict inflation or
cause death or serious injury as
they are projected rearward by the
force of the deploying airbags. Like-
wise, the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.
D Do not modify or remove any wir-
ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag cover, front
passenger airbag or airbag sensor
assembly. Doing so may prevent the
front airbag system from activating
correctly, cause sudden activation
of the system or disable the sys-
tem, which could result in death or
serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can in-
terfere with proper operation of the
SRS front airbag system in some
cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile twoway radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
z Modification of the front end struc-
ture
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, con-
sole, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
42
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ONposition.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS front airbags are oper-
ating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, door side air-
bag sensors, seat belt pretensioner as-
semblies, inflators, warning light,
interconnecting wiring and power sources.
(For details, see “Service remainder indi-
cators and warning buzzers” in Section
16.)
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
D When the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position, the light does not come
on, remains on or flashes.
D The light comes on starts or flashes
while driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
D The SRS front airbags have been in-
flated.
D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS front airbags to inflate.
D The pad section of the steering wheel
or front passenger airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
43
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem) side airbags are designed to pro-
vide further protection for the driver
and front passenger in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbags work together with the
seat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-
ing. The SRS side airbags help to reduce
injuries mainly to the driver’s or front pas-
senger’s chest. The SRS side airbag on
the passenger seat is activated even with
no passenger in the front seat.
Always wear your seat belt properly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash
sensing and diagnostic module, which will
record the use of the seat belt restraint
system by the driver when the SRS side
airbags are inflated.
CAUTION
D The SRS side airbag system is de-
signed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
To ensure maximum protection in
an accident, the driver and all pas-
sengers in the vehicle must wear
their seat belts properly. Wearing a
seat belt properly during an acci-
dent reduces the chances of death
or serious injury or being thrown
out of the vehicle. For instructions
and precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” in this
Section.
SRS side airbags
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
44
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota
strongly recommends that all in-
fants and children be placed in the
rear seats of the vehicle and prop-
erly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint sys-
tem, see “Child restraint” in this
Section.
D Do not allow anyone to lean his/her
head or any part of his/her body
against the front door or the area
of the seat from which the SRS
side airbag deploys even if he/she
is a child seated in the child re-
straint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbag inflates, and
the impact of the deploying airbag
could cause death or serious injury
to the occupant.
The SRS side airbag system may not
activate if the vehicle is subjected to a
collision from the side at certain
angles, or a collision to the side of the
vehicle body other than the passenger
compartment as shown in the illustra-
tion.
The SRS side airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
Always wear your seat belts properly.
Collision from the rear
Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover
The SRS side airbags are not designed
to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
front or rear collision, if it rolls over,
or if it is involved in a lowspeed side
collision.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
45
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The SRS side airbag system consists
mainly of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustra-
tion.
1. SRS warning light
2. Door side airbag sensors
3. Side airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
4. Side airbag sensors
5. Airbag sensor assembly
The SRS side airbag system is controlled
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sen-
sor and airbag sensor.
In a severe side impact, the side airbag
sensor triggers the side airbag inflators.
At this time, a chemical reaction in the
inflators quickly fills the airbags with non
toxic gas to help restrain the lateral mo-
tion of the occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with nontoxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so imme-
diately.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
ries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.
Front seats may be hot for several min-
utes, but the airbags themselves will not
be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate
only once.
CAUTION
SRS side airbags inflate with consid-
erable force. To reduce the possibility
of death or serious injury when they
inflate, the driver and front passenger
must:
D Wear their seat belts properly.
D Remain properly seated with their
backs upright and against the seats
at all times.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
46
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Do not allow anyone to lean against
the front door when the vehicle is
in use, since the side airbag could
inflates with considerable speed
and force. Otherwise, he/she may
be killed or be seriously injured.
Special care should be taken espe-
cially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.
D Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, distributing your weight evenly
in the seat. Do not apply excessive
weight to the outer side of the
seats on vehicles with side airbags.
D Do not attach a cup holder or any
other device or object on or around
the door. When the side airbag in-
flates, the cup holder or any other
device or object will be thrown with
great force or the side airbag may
not activate correctly, resulting in
death or serious injury. Likewise,
the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.
D Do not use seat accessories which
cover the parts where the side air-
bags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from acti-
vating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.
D Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such changes may prevent
the side airbag system from activat-
ing correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags to inflate ac-
cidentally, resulting in death or seri-
ous injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
47
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS side airbag system in some
cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile twoway radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
z Modification of the side structure of
the passenger compartment
z Repairs made on or near the con-
sole or front seat
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ONposition.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS side airbags are operat-
ing properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, door side air-
bag sensors, seat belt pretensioner as-
semblies, inflators, warning light,
interconnecting wiring and power sources.
(For details, see “Service reminder indica-
tors and warning buzzers” in Section 16.)
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
D When the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position, the light does not come
on, remains on or flashes.
D The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
48
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
D Any of the SRS side airbags have
been inflated.
D The portion of the doors (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS side airbags to inflate.
D The surface of the seats with the side
airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-
aged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-
propriate child restraint systems for
children.
The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” in this
Section for details.
CAUTION
D For effective protection in automo-
bile accidents and sudden stops, a
child must be properly restrained,
using a seat belt or child restraint
system depending on the age and
size of the child. Holding a child in
your arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an acci-
dent, the child can be crushed
against the windshield, or between
you and the vehicle’s interior.
Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
49
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed on the rear seat. Accord-
ing to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.
D Never install a rearfacing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat. In the event of an acci-
dent, the force of the rapid inflation
of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child if the rearfacing child re-
straint system is installed on the
front passenger seat.
D A forwardfacing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the front pas-
senger airbag could inflate with
considerable speed and force.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured.
D On vehicles with side airbags, do
not allow the child to lean his/her
head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the
seat from which the side airbags
deploy even if the child is seated in
the child restraint system. It is dan-
gerous if the side airbag inflates,
and the impact could cause death
or serious injury to the child.
D Do not use the seat belt extender
when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passen-
ger seat. If installing a child re-
straint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.
D Make sure you have complied with
all installation instructions provided
by the child restraint manufacturer
and that the system is properly se-
cured. If it is not secured properly,
it may cause death or serious injury
to the child in the event of a sud-
den stop or accident.
A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with the lap por-
tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must
carefully consult the manufacturer’s in-
structions which accompany the child
restraint system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufactur-
er’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer. General directions are also
provided under the following illustrations.
The child restraint system should be
installed on the rear seat. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than
in the front seat.
When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it somewhere other than the passenger
compartment. This will prevent it from in-
juring passengers in the event of a sud-
den stop or accident.
—Child restraint system
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
50
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Child restraint systems are divided into
the following 3 types according to the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-
curing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to use the an-
chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” in
this Section.
The child restraint lower anchorages ap-
proved for your vehicle may also be used.
See “—Installation with child restraint low-
er anchorages” in this Section.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
—Types of child restraint
system
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
51
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat must be used in rear
facing position only.
CAUTION
D Never install a rearfacing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat. In the event of an acci-
dent, the force of the rapid inflation
of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child if the rearfacing child re-
straint system is installed on the
front passenger seat.
D Do not install a child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupants, may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
D If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child re-
straint system on the rear right
seat.
—Installation with seat belt
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
52
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufactur-
er and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.
CAUTION
D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt is not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this can prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
D If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
53
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
let the shoulder belt retract as far as
it will go to hold the infant seat secure-
ly.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
54
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat must be used in for-
wardfacing or rearfacing position de-
pending on the age and size of the
child. When installing, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions about the
applicable age and size of the child as
well as directions for installing the
child restraint system.
CAUTION
D Never install a rearfacing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat. In the event of an acci-
dent, the force of the rapid inflation
of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child if the rearfacing child re-
straint system is installed on the
front passenger seat.
Move seat
fully back
D A forwardfacing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the front pas-
senger airbag could inflate with
considerable speed and force.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
55
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D On vehicles with side airbags and
curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat from
which the side airbags deploy even
if the child is seated in the child
restraint system. It is dangerous if
the side airbag inflate, and the im-
pact could cause death or serious
injury to the child.
D Do not install a child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
D If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child re-
straint system on the rear right
seat.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
56
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt is not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
D If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted slightly, it cannot be ex-
tended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convert-
ible seat securely.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
57
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat must be used in for-
wardfacing position only.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
58
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Move seat
fully back
CAUTION
D A forwardfacing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the front pas-
senger airbag could inflate with
considerable speed and force.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured.
D On vehicles with side airbags, do
not allow the child to lean his/her
head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the
seat from which the side airbags
deploy even if the child is seated in
the child restraint system. It is dan-
gerous if the side airbag inflates,
and the impact could cause death
or serious injury to the child.
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and across the
child following the instructions provided
by its manufacturer and insert the tab
into the buckle taking care not to twist
the belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly
across the child’s shoulder and that the
lap belt is positioned as low as possible
on childs hips. See “Seat belts” in this
Section for details.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
59
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from childs neck, but
not falling off childs shoulder.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
D Both highpositioned lap belts and
loosefitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended event.
Keep the lap belt positioned as low
on a childs hips as possible.
D For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.
D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
D If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.
2. To remove the child restraint system,
press the buckle release button and
allow the belt to retract.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
60
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Front of vehicle
Symbol
Anchor brackets
Use the anchor bracket on the rear of the
seatback to attach the top strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seating position.
This symbol indicates the locations of an-
chor brackets.
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Find the label on the rear of the seat
back carpet. Tear the slit next to the
label by hand.
Using a top strap
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
61
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
2. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the exposed an-
chor bracket and tighten the top
strap.
For instructions to install the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” in this
Section.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child re-
straint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
Slide the backplate of the flap under the
carpet to cover the anchor bracket when
it is not in use.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
62
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Lower anchorages for the child restraint
systems complying with the FMVSS225
or CMVSS210.2 specifications are
installed in the rear seats.
The anchorages are installed in the seat
cushion of both rear seats.
Child restraint systems complying with the
FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2 specification
can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
case, it is not necessary to fix the child
restraint system with a seat belt on the
vehicle.
Canada only
Type A
Canada only
Type B
—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
63
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
For owners in Canada
The symbol on a child restraint system
indicates the presence of a lower connec-
tor system.
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
INSTALLATION
Type A
1. Widen the slits of the seat cushion
a little and confirm the position of
the lower anchorages near the tag
on the seat cushion.
2. Latch the hooks of lower straps onto
the anchorages and tighten the lower
straps.
Type B
1. Widen the slits of the seat cushion
a little and confirm the position of
the lower anchorages near the tag
on the seat cushion.
2. Latch the buckles onto the anchor-
ages.
If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” in this Section.)
For the installation details, refer to the
instruction manual equipped with each
product.
CAUTION
D When using the lower anchorages
for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular ob-
jects around the anchorages and
that the seat belt is not caught.
D Push and pull the child restraint
system in different directions to
make sure it is secure. Follow all
the installation instructions pro-
vided by its manufacturer.
D Do not install a child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
64
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
65
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Steering wheel and Mirrors
Tilt steering wheel 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside rear view mirrors 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antiglare inside rear view mirror 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vanity mirrors 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 4
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
66
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To change the steering wheel angle,
hold the steering wheel, push the lock
release lever, tilt the steering wheel to
the desired angle and return the lever
to its original position.
CAUTION
D Do not adjust the steering wheel
while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishan-
dle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.
D After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.
Adjust the mirror so that you can see
the side of your vehicle in the mirror.
Be careful when judging the size or dis-
tance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
because it is a convex mirror. Any object
seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
and farther away than when seen in a flat
mirror.
Tilt steering wheel Outside rear view mirrors—
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
67
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the ve-
hicle and an accident may occur re-
sulting in death or serious injuries.
To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Push the switch to “L (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direc-
tion.
Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is
in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mir-
ror face. Use a spray deicer to free
the mirror.
The rear view mirrors can be folded
backward for parking in compact areas.
To fold the rear view mirror, push back-
ward.
CAUTION
Do not drive with the mirrors folded
backward. Both the driver and pas-
senger side rear view mirrors must
be extended and properly adjusted
before driving.
—Power rear view mirror
control
—Folding rear view mirrors
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
68
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-
ror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the ve-
hicle and an accident may occur re-
sulting in death or serious injuries.
To use the vanity mirror, swing down
the sun visor and open the cover.
Antiglare inside rear view
mirror
Vanity mirrors
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
69
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight beam level control 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior light 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage compartment light 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer 76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window wiper and washer 76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window defogger 77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 5
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
70
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Type A
Type B
HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights
Type B only—The tail light indicator (green
light) on the instrument panel will tell you
that the tail lights are on.
Position 2—Headlights and all of the
above
Type A only—The headlight low beam indi-
cator light (green light) on the instrument
panel will tell you that the low beams are
on.
With discharge headlights—Adjust the
headlight beam level before turning on the
headlights. (See “Headlight beam level
control” in this Section.)
Light reminder buzzer
A buzzer will remind you to turn the lights
off when the driver’s door is opened if you
remove the key with the headlights left
on.
NOTICE
To prevent the battery being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when engine is not
running.
Daytime running light system
Daytime running light system can make it
easier for others to see the front of your
vehicle during the day. This system can
be helpful in many different driving condi-
tions, but they can be especially helpful
in the short periods after dawn and before
sunset.
This system will make your headlights
come on at a reduced brightness when:
D The headlight/turn signal lever knob is
in the “OFF” position.
D The engine is running.
D The parking brake is released.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
the headlights to full intensity for night
driving.
Headlights and turn signals
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
71
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The headlights automatically switch to full
or reduced brightness depending on the
darkness of the surroundings when the
daytime running light system is activated.
Also, the other exterior lights and instru-
ment panel lights automatically turn on or
off.
The daytime running light control sensor
is on the top of the drivers side instru-
ment panel.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the
windshield to block this sensor.
Highlow beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-
ward you (position 2) for low beams.
The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.
Flashing the high beam headlights
(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way
back. The high beam headlights turn off
when you release the lever.
You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
72
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
TURN SIGNALS
To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.
To adjust the headlight beam level, turn
the dial.
The following list shows examples of prop-
er dial settings. For loading conditions oth-
er than those listed, adjust the dial posi-
tion so that the beam level is the same
as the one obtained according to the list
when only the driver is in the vehicle. The
higher the number of the dial position, the
lower the headlight beam level.
Always keep the headlight beam at the
proper level, or your headlights may
dazzle other road users.
Loading condition
Dial position
Driver only 0
Driver +
front passenger
0
Full passengers
(including driver)
1.5
Full passengers
(including driver) +
full luggage loading
2.5
Driver + full luggage
loading
4
Headlight beam level control
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
73
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To turn on the emergency flashers,
push the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as pos-
sible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operat-
ing.
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the en-
gine is not running.
To adjust the brightness of the instru-
ment panel lights, turn the knob.
Emergency flashers Instrument panel light control
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
74
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To turn on the front fog lights, twist
the band of the headlight and turn sig-
nal switch lever. They will come on
only when the headlights are on low
beam.
To turn the interior light on, push the
“ON” or “DOOR” side switch. To turn
the light off, push the switch lightly on
the opposite side.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Stays the light on all the time.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the side doors and back is opened. The
light fades out when both side doors and
back door are closed.
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
(vehicles with power door lock system)
When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-
tion and any of the side doors and back
door is opened, the light will come on.
After both side doors and back door are
closed, the light remains on for about 15
seconds before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
fades out immediately.
D Both side doors and back door are
closed when the ignition key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.
D Both side doors and back door are
closed and both side doors are locked.
When both side doors and back door are
unlocked using either the key or the wire-
less remote control transmitter, the interior
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 20 minutes or more.
Front fog lights
Interior light
(with moon roof)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
75
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To turn on the interior light, slide the
switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Stays the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the side doors and back door is opened.
The light fades out when both side doors
and back door are closed.
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
(vehicles with power door lock system)
When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-
tion and any of the side doors and back
door is opened, the light will come on.
After both side doors and back door are
closed, the light remains on for about 15
seconds before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
fades out immediately.
D Both side doors and back door are
closed when the ignition key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.
D Both side doors and back door are
closed and both side doors are locked.
When both side doors and back door are
unlocked using either the key or the wire-
less remote control transmitter, the interior
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 20 minutes or more.
To turn the luggage compartment light
on, open the back door and push the
switch. Closing the back door will turn
the light off.
Interior light
(without moon roof)
Luggage compartment light
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
76
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position Speed setting
Position 1 Intermittent
Position 2 Slow
Position 3 Fast
For a single sweep of the windshield,
push the lever up and release it.
With interval adjuster: The “INT TIME
band lets you adjust the wiping time inter-
val when the wiper lever is in the intermit-
tent position (position 1). Twist the band
upward to increase the time between
sweeps, and downward to decrease it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you.
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 73.
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the wind-
shield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
To turn on the rear window wiper, twist
the lever knob upward.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position Speed setting
Position 1 Intermittent
Position 2 Normal
To squirt washer fluid on the rear window,
twist the knob upward or downward as far
as it will go (position 3 or 4). The knob
automatically returns from these positions
after you release it.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 73.
Windshield wipers and washer
Rear window wiper and
washer
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
77
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Do not operate the rear wiper if the
rear window is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
To defog or defrost the rear window,
push the switch.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The thin heater wires on the inside of the
rear window will quickly clear the surface.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
the defogger is operating.
Push the switch once again to turn the
defogger off.
The system will automatically shut off af-
ter the defogger has operated about 15
minutes.
Make sure you turn the defogger off when
the window is clear. Leaving the defogger
on for a long time could cause the battery
to discharge, especially during stopand
go driving. The defogger is not designed
for drying rain water or for melting snow.
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connec-
tors.
Rear window defogger
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
78
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
79
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer and two trip meters 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 6
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
80
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The gauge indicates the approximate
quantity of the fuel remaining in the
tank when the ignition switch is on.
Nearly full—Indicator at “F”
Nearly empty—Indicator at “E”
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.
If the fuel tank is full or the fuel quantity
has increased or decreased by more than
5 liters since the vehicle was turned off,
the position display is recalculated. If the
fuel quantity has increased or decreased
by less than 5 liters since the vehicle was
turned off, the previous position is dis-
played.
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
If the fuel gauge display flashes or the
remaining quantity is not displayed after
the flashing, there may be a problem in
the system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
If the needle moves to the “H” position
and flashes, your engine is too hot. If
your vehicle overheats, stop your vehicle
and allow the engine to cool.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:
D Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
D Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.
D Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stopandgo traffic.
Fuel gauge
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
81
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Towing a trailer.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
needle is not displayed, there may be a
problem in the system. In this case, con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as pos-
sible.
NOTICE
z Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to con-
trol the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
z Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your
vehicle overheats” in Section 4.
The tachometer indicates engine speed
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per
minute). Use it while driving to select
correct shift points and to prevent en-
gine lugging and overrevving.
Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.
2ZZGE engine only—The engine will not
exceed 7100 rpm before it warms up.
NOTICE
Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.
Tachometer
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
82
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters.
1. Odometer—Shows the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the elec-
trical power source is disconnected.
3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the knob. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-
play the meter A reading, then push
and hold the knob until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.
Odometer and two trip meters
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
83
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.
(a)
or If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(b)
(indicator and buzzer)
Fasten driver’s seat belt.
(c)
Have the front passenger fasten the seat belt.
(d)
Stop and check.
(e)
Stop and check.
(f)
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
(g)
Fill up tank.
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
84
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.
(h)
or
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
If the brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota
dealer.
(i)
Close both side doors and back door.
(j)
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.
(k)
Stop and check.
(l)
Key reminder buzzer
Remove key.
(m)
Light reminder buzzer
Turn off lights.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
85
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(a) Brake System Warning Light
This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is in the “ONposi-
tion.
D When the parking brake is applied...
Vehicles with antilock brake system—
This light comes on for a few seconds
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position even after the parking brake
is released.
D When the brake fluid level is low...
CAUTION
It is dangerous to continue driving
normally when the brake fluid level is
low.
Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following cases:
D The light does not come on even if the
parking brake is applied when the igni-
tion key is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with antilock brake system—
D The light does not come on even if the
ignition key is turned on with the park-
ing brake released.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
CAUTION
If either of the following conditions
occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
D The light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.
In this case, the brakes may not
work properly and your stopping
distance will become longer. De-
press the brake pedal firmly and
bring the vehicle to an immediate
stop.
Vehicles with antilock brake sys-
tem
D The brake system warning light re-
mains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.
In this case, not only the antilock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely un-
stable during braking.
(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
and Buzzer
This light reminds you to buckle up the
driver’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes and
buzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt is
not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the
belt, the light keeps flashing and the
buzzer stops after about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt
Reminder Light
This light reminds you to have the front
passenger buckle up the seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes if a
passenger sits in the front passenger seat
and does not fasten the seat belt. Unless
the front passenger fastens the belt, the
light stays flashing.
If luggage or other load is placed on the
front passenger seat, depending on its
weight and how it is placed on the seat,
builtin sensors in the seat cushion may
detect the pressure, causing the reminder
light to come on.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
86
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(d) Discharge Warning Light
This light warns that the battery is being
discharged.
If it comes on while you are driving, there
is a problem somewhere in the charging
system.
The engine ignition will continue to oper-
ate, however, until the battery is dis-
charged. Turn off the air conditioning,
blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to
the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.
NOTICE
Do not continue driving if the engine
drive belt is broken or loose.
(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This light warns that the engine oil pres-
sure is too low.
If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.
The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.
NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.
(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position and
goes off after the engine starts. This
means that the warning light system is
operating properly.
If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
comes on while driving, first check the
followings.
D Empty fuel tank
If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-
ately.
D Loose fuel tank cap
If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
tighten it.
These cases are temporary malfunctions.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips.
If the lamp will not go off even after the
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel
tank cap is not loose...
D There is a problem somewhere in the
engine, emission control system, elec-
tronic throttle control system, automatic
transmission electrical system or warn-
ing light system itself.
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
2ZZGE engine—
If the engine speed does not increase with
the accelerator pedal depressed down,
there may be a problem somewhere in
your electronic throttle control system.
At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-
er, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
87
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erro-
neous pedal operation.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) programs
Your vehicle may not pass a state emis-
sion inspection if the malfunction indicator
lamp remains on. Contact your Toyota
dealer to check your vehicle’s emission
control system and OBD (OnBoard Diag-
nostics) system before taking your vehicle
for the inspection.
For details, see “Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.
(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.
(h) ABS” Warning Light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. There-
after, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
antilock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates con-
ventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
antilock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the components moni-
tored by the warning light system. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ONposi-
tion, or remains on.
D The light comes on while you are driv-
ing.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
CAUTION
If the “ABSwarning light remains on
together with the brake system warn-
ing light, immediately stop your ve-
hicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the antilock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unsta-
ble during braking.
(i) Open Door Warning Light
This light remains on until both side doors
and back door are completely closed.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
88
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(j) SRS Warning Light
This light will come on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ONposition.
After about 6 seconds, the light will go
off. This means the systems of the air-
bag and front seat belt pretensioners
are operating properly.
The warning light system monitors the air-
bag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, door side air-
bag sensors, front seat belt pretensioner
assemblies, inflators, warning light, inter-
connecting wiring and power sources.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle.
D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ONposi-
tion, or the light remains on.
D The light comes on or flashes while
driving.
(k) Automatic Transmission Fluid
Temperature Warning Light
This light warns that the automatic trans-
mission fluid temperature is too high.
If this light comes on while you are driv-
ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stop
the vehicle at a safe place and put the
selector lever in “P”. With the engine id-
ling, wait until the light goes off. If the
light goes off, you may start the vehicle
again. If the light does not go off, call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
(l) Key Reminder Buzzer
This buzzer reminds you to remove the
key when you open the driver’s door with
the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”
position.
(m) Light reminder buzzer
The buzzer will sound if the headlight
switch is left on and the drivers door is
opened with the key removed from the
ignition switch.
CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Open either side door or the back
door.
The open door warning light should
come
on.
3. Close the door.
The open door warning light should go
off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators ex-
cept the open door warning light should
come on. The “ABS” warning light goes
off after a few seconds. The SRS
warning light goes off after about 6
seconds.
If any service reminder indicator or warn-
ing buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
89
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch with steering lock 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic transmission 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual transmission 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 7
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
90
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see Section 3.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.
If you leave the key in the “ACC or
“LOCK” position and open the drivers
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.
“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be re-
moved only at this position.
You must push in the key to turn the key
from “ACC” to the “LOCK position. On
vehicles with an automatic transmission,
the selector lever must be in the “P” posi-
tion before pushing the key.
When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
CAUTION
For manual transmission:
Never remove the key when the ve-
hicle is moving, as this will lock the
steering wheel and result in loss of
steering control.
NOTICE
Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.
Ignition switch with steering
lock
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
91
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the lock re-
lease button depressed).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and key
removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking
Automatic transmission
"1ZZFE engine
Lock release button
To prevent misshifting
With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while holding the lock
release button in.
(The ignition switch must be in
“ON” position.)
Shift while holding the lock
release button in.
Shift normally.
Overdrive switch
Selector lever
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
92
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-
drive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the over-
drive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the over-
drive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will automatically be on.
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this Section.
(c) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running condi-
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-
ing, hard towing, etc.
Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into the over-
drive gear even with the overdrive on.
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(d) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
D Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D
OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to third
gear.
D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 101 km/h (63 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be en-
abled.
D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 50 km/h (31 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be en-
abled.
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
93
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this Section.
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
(e) Using the “2” and “L positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described pre-
viously.
With the selector lever in “2 or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in first gear and automatically
shift to second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-
mission is engaged in first gear.
NOTICE
z Be careful not to overrev the en-
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum al-
lowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” 124 km/h (77 mph). . . . . . . . . . .
“L” 67 km/h (41 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .
z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission dam-
age from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the ve-
hicle is moving.
(g) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
securely apply the parking brake.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
tion.
CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any cir-
cumstances while the vehicle is mov-
ing. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
(h) Good driving practice
D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between third gear and over-
drive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately after-
ward.
D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
94
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator ped-
al, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.
(i) If you cannot shift the selector le-
ver out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” in Section 4.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
95
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the lock re-
lease button depressed).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and key
removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
M: “M position
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking
"2ZZGE engine
Lock release button
To prevent misshifting
With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while holding the lock
release button in.
(The ignition switch must be in
“ON” position.)
Shift while holding the lock
release button in.
Overdrive switch
Selector lever
To select “M”, lean the selector
lever leftward from “D”.
Shift normally.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
96
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-
drive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the over-
drive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the over-
drive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will automatically be on.
When you are driving in M mode, over-
drive switch does not activate. (For de-
tails, see “(d) Driving in M mode” and “(e)
Using engine braking”.)
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this Section.
(c) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running condi-
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-
ing, hard towing, etc. The current gear
position is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
97
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into the over-
drive gear even with the overdrive on.
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(d) Driving in M mode
When the selector lever is into the “M”
position, you can select the gear posi-
tion manually by pushing the transmis-
sion shift switches on the steering
wheel. The M mode indicator light will
be displayed on the instrument cluster.
1: Upshift switch (rear side)
2: Downshift switch (front side)
When you push the transmission upshift
switch on the rear side of the steering
wheel, the transmission upshifts from “1”
to “2”, “3” and “4”.
Each time you push the transmission
downshift switch on the front side of the
steering wheel, the transmission down-
shifts from “4” to “3”, “2 and then to “1”.
The current gear position is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
Even if the lever is in the “M” position,
the transmission will downshift automati-
cally to first gear when you stop the ve-
hicle.
You attempt to downshift the transmission
when it is not possible to downshift due
to the high vehicle speed. A buzzer will
sound when this happens.
You can start from second gear by setting
the shift switch while the vehicle is
stopped. This is useful for driving your
vehicle on slippery (rainy, icy or snow
covered) roads.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
98
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Recommended shifting speeds
For the best compromise between fuel
economy and vehicle performance, you
should upshift or downshift at approxi-
mately the following speeds:
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)
2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)
3 to 4 or 4 to 3 65 (40)
Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-
eration is needed when you are cruising
below the above downshifting speeds.
Upshifting too soon or downshifting too
late will cause lugging, and possibly ping-
ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-
mum speed in each gear will cause ex-
cessive engine wear and high fuel
consumption.
NOTICE
Be careful not to overrev the engine.
Watch the tachometer to keep engine
rpm from going into the red zone.
The approximate maximum allowable
speed for each position is given be-
low for your reference:
“2” 125 km/h (77 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .
“1” 70 km/h (43 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the M mode indicator light flashes...
Put the selector lever in the “D” position
and drive for a short time.
If the M mode indicator light stops flash-
ing but remains on after the selector lever
is returned to the “M” position, you can
drive in M mode.
If the M mode indicator light still flashes,
there is a problem somewhere in the sys-
tem. Put the selector lever in the “D”
position. Consult with your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
The M mode indicator light flashes under
the following conditions:
D The temperature of the automatic trans-
mission oil is low. The transmission
works exactly in the same way as
when you put the selector lever in the
D” position.
D The temperature of the automatic trans-
mission oil is high. You can still oper-
ate the transmission shift switches.
D There is a problem somewhere in the
system.
(e) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
D When you are driving in the “D” posi-
tion, push the overdrive switch. The
“O/D OFF indicator light will come on
and the transmission will downshift to
third gear, and engine braking will be
obtained. When you are driving in
fourth gear (“M” position), push the
transmission downshift switch to select
the “3” position. The transmission will
downshift to third gear and engine
braking will be obtained.
D Shift the selector lever into the “2”
position or push the transmission shift
switch to the “2” position in M mode.
The transmission will downshift to sec-
ond gear when the vehicle speed drops
down to or lower than 115 km/h (71
mph), and stronger engine braking will
be enabled.
D Shift the selector lever into the “L”
position or push the transmission shift
switch to the “1” position in M mode.
The transmission will downshift to first
gear when the vehicle speed drops
down to or lower than 54 km/h (34
mph), and maximum engine braking will
be enabled.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
99
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Vehicles with cruise control—When the
cruise control is being used, even if you
downshift the transmission by pushing and
releasing the overdrive switch, engine
braking will not be enabled because the
cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this Section.
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
(f) Using the “2” and “L” positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described pre-
viously.
With the selector lever in “2 or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in first gear and automatically
shift to second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-
mission is engaged in first gear.
NOTICE
z Be careful not to overrev the en-
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum al-
lowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” 125 km/h (77 mph). . . . . . . . . . .
“L” 70 km/h (43 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .
z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission dam-
age from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(g) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the ve-
hicle is moving.
(h) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
securely apply the parking brake.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
tion.
CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any cir-
cumstances while the vehicle is mov-
ing. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
(i) Good driving practice
D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between third gear and over-
drive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately after-
ward.
D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
100
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator ped-
al, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.
(j) If you cannot shift the selector le-
ver out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” in Section 4.
5speed
6speed
The shift pattern is as shown above.
In case of driving your vehicle with
6speed manual transmission, the buzzer
will sound when you shift the gear into
“R” (reverse).
Press the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, and then release it slowly. Do not
rest your foot on the pedal while driving,
because it will cause clutch trouble. And
do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle
when stopped on an uphill grade—use the
parking brake.
Recommended shifting speeds
The transmission is fully synchronized and
upshifting or downshifting is easy.
For the best compromise between fuel
economy and vehicle performance, you
should upshift or downshift at the following
speeds:
5speed
Low altitude
—1219 m (4000 ft.) or lower
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)
2 to 3 or 3 to 2 37/40
1
(23/25
1
)
3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64/45
2
(40/28
2
)
4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72/64
2
(45/40
2
)
Manual transmission
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
101
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1
: Under cold engine conditions.
2:
For constantspeed cruise or
constantspeed cruise after decelera-
tion.
High altitude
—Higher than 1219 m (4000 ft.)
Upshifting
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 24 (15)
2 to 3 40 (25)
3 to 4 64 (40)
4 to 5 72 (45)
Downshifting
gear km/h (mph)
2 to 1 24 (15)
3 to 2 40 (25)
4 to 3 64 (40)
5 to 4 72 (45)
6speed
gear km/h (mph)
1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)
2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)
3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)
4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)
5 to 6 or 6 to 5 80 (50)
Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-
eration is needed when you are cruising
below the above downshifting speeds.
Upshifting too soon or downshifting too
late will cause lugging, and possibly ping-
ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-
mum speed in each gear will cause ex-
cessive engine wear and high fuel
consumption.
Maximum allowable speeds
To get on a highway or to pass slower
traffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-
essary. Make sure you observe the follow-
ing maximum allowable speeds in each
gear:
5speed
gear km/h (mph)
1 56 (35)
2 92 (57)
3 126 (78)
4 171 (106)
6speed
gear km/h (mph)
1 60 (37)
2 93 (58)
3 128 (80)
4 163 (101)
5 208 (129)
NOTICE
Do not downshift if you are going
faster than the maximum allowable
speed for the next lower gear.
Good driving practice
D If it is difficult to shift into reverse, put
the transmission in neutral, release the
clutch pedal momentarily, and then try
again.
D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use fifth (5speed models) or sixth
gear (6speed models).
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
NOTICE
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into reverse.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
102
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Type A
Type B
When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-
ing power, first depress the brake pedal
and hold it while setting the parking
brake.
To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),
press the lock release button (2), and low-
er (3).
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the park-
ing brake reminder light is off.
The cruise control allows you to cruise
the vehicle at a desired speed over 40
km/h (25 mph) even with your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
Your cruising speed can be maintained up
or down grades within the limits of engine
performance, although a slight speed
change may occur when driving up or
down the grades. On steeper hills, a
greater speed change will occur so it is
better to drive without the cruise control.
CAUTION
D To help maintain maximum control
of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-
pery (rainy, icy or snowcovered) or
winding roads.
D Avoid vehicle speed increases when
driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.
Parking brake Cruise control
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
103
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON
To operate the cruise control, press the
“CRUISE ONOFF button. This turns the
system on. The indicator light in the in-
strument panel shows that you can now
set the vehicle at a desired cruising
speed. Another press will turn the system
completely off.
CAUTION
To avoid accidental cruise control en-
gagement, keep the “CRUISE ON
OFF” switch off when not using the
cruise control.
SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED
On vehicles with automatic transmission,
the selector lever must be in the “D” posi-
tion or the gear position must be “3 or
“4” in M mode before you set the cruise
control speed.
Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”
direction and release it. This sets the ve-
hicle at that speed. If the speed is not
satisfactory, tap the lever up for a faster
speed, or tap it down for a slower speed.
Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6
km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.
CAUTION
For manual transmission:
While driving with the cruise control
on, do not shift to neutral without
depressing the clutch pedal, as this
may cause engine racing or overrev-
ving.
CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED
You can cancel the preset speed by:
a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL di-
rection and releasing it.
b. Depressing the brake pedal.
c. Depressing the clutch pedal (manual
transmission).
If the vehicle speed falls below about 40
km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-
matically cancel out.
If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the preset speed, the preset
speed will also automatically cancel out.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
104
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If the preset speed automatically cancels
out other than for the above cases, have
your vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-
er at the earliest opportunity.
RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direc-
tion and hold it. Release the lever when
the desired speed is attained. While the
lever is held up, the vehicle will gradually
gain speed.
However, a faster way to reset is to ac-
celerate the vehicle and then push the
lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.
RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED
Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”
direction and hold it. Release the lever
when the desired speed is attained. While
the lever is held down, the vehicle speed
will gradually decrease.
However, a faster way to reset is to de-
press the brake pedal and then push the
lever down in the “SET/COAST direction.
On vehicles with automatic transmission,
even if you turn off the overdrive switch
with the cruise control on, engine braking
will not be applied because the cruise
control is not cancelled. To decrease the
vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed
with the cruise control lever or depress
the brake pedal. If you use the brake
pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED
If the preset speed is cancelled by pulling
the control lever or by depressing the
brake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing the
lever up in the “RES/ACC direction will
restore the speed set prior to cancellation.
However, once the vehicle speed falls be-
low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset
speed will not be resumed.
CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
If the “CRUISE” indicator light in the in-
strument cluster flashes when using the
cruise control, press the “CRUISE ON
OFF” button to turn the system off and
then press it again to turn it on.
If any of the following conditions then oc-
curs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.
D The indicator light does not come on.
D The indicator light flashes again.
D The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.
If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
105
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Car audio system
Reference 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using your audio system 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Car audio system operating hints 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 8
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
106
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
AM·FM radio/cassette player/compact disc
player (with compact disc changer con-
troller)
This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your sys-
tem.
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWVOLto turn the audio system
on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “DISC” to
turn on that function without pushing
“PWR·VOL”. To turn on the cassette or
compact disc player, a cassette or com-
pact disc must be loaded in the player.
You can turn on each player by inserting
a cassette tape or compact disc.
You can turn off each player by ejecting
the cassette tape or compact disc. If the
audio system was previously off, then the
entire audio system will be turned off
when you eject the cassette tape or com-
pact disc. If the another function was pre-
viously playing, it will come on again.
SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “DISC” if the
system is already on but you want to
switch from one function to another.
TONE AND BALANCE
For details about your systems tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.
Tone
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange (on some models)
and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of
music and vocal programs usually sound
better with different mixes of treble, mi-
drange and bass.
Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.
Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the vol-
ume of one group of sounds while de-
creasing the volume of another.
Reference
Using your audio system—
—Some basics
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
107
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
YOUR RADIO ANTENNA
Mast type power antenna—
To lower the power antenna, turn off the
audio system by pushing “PWR·VOL”, or
turn the ignition key to “LOCK”.
The power antenna automatically retracts
when the radio mode is switched off to
turn on the cassette tape player or com-
pact disc player.
Some models also have a glass antenna
printed on the inside of the rear window.
Mast type antenna—
To remove the antenna, carefully turn it
counterclockwise.
Some models also have a glass antenna
printed on the inside of the rear window.
NOTICE
z To prevent damage to the antenna,
make sure it is retracted or re-
moved before driving your Toyota
through an automatic car wash.
z With glass antenna—Attaching the
film (especially conductive or metal-
lic type) on the rear glass will no-
ticeably reduce the sensitivity of
the radio.
YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
When you insert a cassette, the exposed
tape should face to the right.
NOTICE
Do not oil any part of the player and
do not insert anything other than cas-
sette tapes into the slot, or the tape
player may be damaged.
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER
When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. (The player will
automatically eject a disc if the label side
is down.) The player will play from track
1 through the end of the disc. Then it will
play from track 1 again.
NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than com-
pact discs into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
108
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.
—Controls and features
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
109
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the
station to the button. The button number
will appear on the display.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The button num-
ber and station frequency will appear on
the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” or “FM” button.)
(Eject button)
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette. Push the compact disc
eject button to eject a compact disc.
(Program)
Push “
” (preset button 4) to select
the other side of a cassette tape. The
display indicates which side is currently
selected (“
indicates the top side,
indicates the bottom side).
Autoreverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fastforward button)
Cassette player
Push “
” (preset button 6) to fastfor-
ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on
the display. Push
” (preset button 5)
to rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on
the display.
To stop the tape while it is fastforward-
ing, push “
” or “TAPE” button. To stop
the tape while it is rewinding, push “
or “TAPE” button.
If a tape rewinds completely, the cassette
player will stop and then play that same
side. If a tape fastforwards completely,
the cassette will play the other side of the
tape using the autoreverse feature.
Compact disc player
Push and hold (preset button 6) or
” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc play-
er will resume playing.
AM
Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio
and select the AM band. “AM” will appear
on the display.
AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal-
ance adjustment function)
Each time you push the “AUDIO
CONTROL” knob, the mode changes. To
adjust the tone and balance, turn the
knob.
BAS: Adjusts lowpitched tones. The dis-
play ranges from 5 to 5.
MID (on some models): Adjusts mid
pitched tones. The display ranges from 5
to 5.
TRE: Adjusts highpitched tones. The dis-
play ranges from 5 to 5.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
110
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
DISC (Compact disc)
Push the “DISC” button to play a compact
disc.
When the audio system is set into com-
pact disc operation, the display shows the
track, or track and disc number currently
being played.
Error messages
If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
tem will display one of the six following
error messages.
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-
aged or inserted incorrectly (upside
down). Clean the disc and reinsert it.
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
“ERROR 4”: Overcurrent. Ask your
Toyota dealer to inspect.
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Ɲ DISC Ɯ
With compact disc changer only
Use these buttons to select the disc you
want to listen to.
Push “Ɲ (preset button 3) orƜ” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.
Dolbyr
B NR
If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction,
push “
” (preset button 3). “ ” will
appear on the display. Push the button
again to turn off Dolbyr B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
tion, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used to re-
cord the tape.
: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
FM
Push the “FM” button to turn on the radio
and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2”
will appear on the display. This system
allows you to set twelve FM stations, two
for each of the preset button.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL to adjust the
volume.
RAND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
button 1).
” will appear on the
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random fea-
ture, push this button again.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
111
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
With compact disc changer only—
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
until you hear a beep. “
will ap-
pear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette player
Push “RPT” (preset button 2) while the
track is playing. “
” will appear on
the display. When the track ends, it will
automatically rewind and replay. To turn
off the repeat feature, push this button
again.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the re-
peat feature to work correctly.
Compact disc player
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole com-
pact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
With compact disc changer only
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
until you hear a beep. “
will ap-
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the top track of
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-
ton. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
112
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can ei-
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-
ton. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.
With compact disc changer only
Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
beep. “
·SCAN” will appear on the dis-
play and the player will scan the first
track of the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-
ning.
SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
Cassette Player
Use this button to skip up or down to
locate a song or recording.
You can select up to nine recordings (in-
cluding current one).
A blank space of at least 3 seconds is
considered to be a start of a recording.
When a beginning of a tape is reached,
the player automatically resumes play.
When the end of the tape is reached, the
player automatically reverses sides and
resumes normal play.
In addition, the feature may not work well
with some spoken word, live, or classical
recordings.
Compact disc player
Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.
Push “Ɯ” or Ɲ” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the begin-
ning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
tion.
TAPE
Push the “TAPE” button to play a cassette
tape.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
113
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
TEXT
This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the com-
pact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.
TUNE (Tuning)
Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to step
up the frequency. Turn the knob counter-
clockwise to step down the frequency.
NOTICE
To ensure correct audio system op-
erations:
z Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio system.
z Do not put anything other than a
cassette tape or compact disc into
the slot.
z The use of a cellular phone inside
or near the vehicle may cause a
noise from the speakers of the au-
dio system which you are listening
to. However, this does not indicate
a malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. And of course, radio signals
have a limited range. The farther you are
from a station, the weaker its signal will
be. In addition, reception conditions
change constantly as your vehicle moves.
Here are some common reception prob-
lems that probably do not indicate a prob-
lem with your radio:
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmit-
ter. They are often accompanied by distor-
tion.
Multipath—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each oth-
er out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.
Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.
Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weak-
ened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the origi-
nal signal can be picked up again.
Car audio system operating
hints
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
114
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere—especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio sta-
tion, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected sig-
nal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broad-
cast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electri-
cal motors. This results in static.
CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
AND TAPES
For the best performance for your cas-
sette player and tapes:
Clean the tape head and other parts regu-
larly.
D A dirty tape head or tape path can
decrease sound quality and tangle your
cassette tapes. The easiest way to
clean them is by using a cleaning tape.
(A wet type is recommended.)
Use highquality cassettes.
D Lowquality cassette tapes can cause
many problems, including poor sound,
inconsistent playing speed, and
constant autoreversing. They can also
get stuck or tangled in the cassette
player.
D Do not use a cassette if it has been
damaged or tangled or if its label is
peeling off.
D Do not leave a cassette in the player
if you are not listening to it, especially
if it is hot outside.
D Store cassettes in their cases and out
of direct sunlight.
D Avoid using cassettes with a total play-
ing time longer than 100 minutes (50
minutes per side). The tape used in
these cassettes is thin and could get
stuck or tangled in the cassette player.
CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC
PLAYER AND DISCS
D Your compact disc player is intended
for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.
D Extremely high temperatures can keep
your compact disc player from working.
On hot days, use the air conditioning
to cool the vehicle interior before you
listen to a disc.
D Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
cause your compact disc player to
skip.
D If moisture gets into your compact disc
player, you may not hear any sound
even though your compact disc player
appears to be working. Remove the
disc from the player and wait until it
dries.
CAUTION
Compact disc players use an invisible
laser beam which could cause hazard-
ous radiation exposure if directed
outside the unit. Be sure to operate
the player correctly.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
115
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Use only compact discs marked as
shown above. The following products
may not be playable on your compact
disc player.
Copyprotected CD
CDR (CDRecordable)
CDRW (CDRewritable)
CDROM
Special shaped discs
Low quality discs
Labeled discs
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the player or
changer, do not use special shaped,
low quality or labeled discs such as
those shown in the illustrations.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
116
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Correct Wrong
D Handle compact discs carefully, espe-
cially when you are inserting them.
Hold them on the edge and do not
bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints
on them, particularly on the shiny side.
D Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or
other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
disc up to the light.)
D Remove discs from the compact disc
player when you are not listening to
them. Store them in their plastic cases
away from moisture, heat, and direct
sunlight.
To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
soft, lintfree cloth that has been damp-
ened with water. Wipe in a straight line
from the center to the edge of the disc
(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
lintfree cloth. Do not use a conventional
record cleaner or antistatic device.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
117
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Controls 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel vents 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1 9
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
118
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Temperature selector
2. Air intake selector
3. Air flow selector
4. “A/C” button (on some models)
5. Fan speed selector
Controls
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
119
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Fan speed selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to
the right to increase, to the left to de-
crease.
Temperature selector
Turn the knob to adjust the tempera-
ture—to the right to warm, to the left to
cool.
Air flow selector
Turn the knob to select the vents used for
air flow.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the in-
strument panel vents.
2. BilevelAir flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
3. FloorAir flows mainly from the floor
vents.
4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.
Use with the air intake selector posi-
tioned in Fresh.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defog-
ging function with the purpose of clear-
ing the front view.
Use with the air intake selector posi-
tioned in Fresh.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “Air flow selector settings” described
below.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
120
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Air intake selector
Move the lever to select the air source.
1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-
tem.
“A/C” button (on some models)
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your ve-
hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
121
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.
D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
D On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.
D Keep the area under the front seats
clear to allow air to circulate through-
out the vehicle.
D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.
D When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-
hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.
Air flow selector settings Operating tips
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
122
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D If following another vehicle on a dusty
road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.
Heating
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Tow ar ds WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF
D For quick heating, select recirculated
air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging. select fresh af-
ter the vehicle interior has been
warmed.
D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-
fied heating.
D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.
Air conditioning
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Tow ar ds COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON
D For quick cooling, move the air intake
selector to recirculate for a few min-
utes.
Ventilation
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Tow ar ds COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
123
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Defogging and defrosting
The inside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Tow ar ds WARM (red
zone) to heat; COLD
(blue zone) cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
shield position turns on the defogging
function with the purpose of clearing the
front view.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
D On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield—the difference be-
tween the outside and inside tempera-
tures could make the fogging worse.
The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Tow ar ds WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
shield position turns on the defogging
function with the purpose of clearing the
front view.
Vehicles with “A/C” button—
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
D To heat the vehicle interior while de-
frosting the windshield, choose floor/
windshield air flow.
Open
Close
If air flow control is not satisfactory, check
the instrument panel vents. The instrument
panel vents may be opened or closed as
shown.
Instrument panel vents
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
124
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
You can change air flow direction by turn-
ing the instrument panel vents.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
133
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Breakin period 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel pump shut off system 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threeway catalytic converter 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iridiumtipped spark plugs 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft prevention labels 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire information 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle load limits 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo and luggage 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 2
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
134
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Drive gently and avoid high speeds.
Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
breakin. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:
D Avoid full throttle acceleration when
starting and driving.
D Avoid racing the engine.
D Try to avoid hard stops during the first
300 km (200 miles).
D Do not drive slowly with the transmis-
sion in a high gear.
D Do not drive for a long time at any
single speed, either fast or slow.
D Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
km (500 miles).
FUEL TYPE
Your new vehicle must use only un-
leaded gasoline.
To help prevent gas station mixups, your
Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
The special nozzle on pumps with un-
leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-
dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
not.
At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet the specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5M93
in Canada.
NOTICE
Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the three
way catalytic converter to lose its ef-
fectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.
OCTANE RATING
1ZZFE engine—
Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-
tane Number 91) or higher.
2ZZGE engine—
Select premium unleaded gasoline with
an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Oc-
tane Number 96) or higher for optimum
engine performance.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating or research octane number lower
than stated above will cause persistent
heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
lead to engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, occasionally, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accel-
erating or driving up hills. This is normal
and there is no need for concern.
GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENT
ADDITIVES
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline
that contains detergent additives to
avoid buildup of engine deposits.
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
Breakin period Fuel
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
135
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
QUALITY GASOLINE
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,
Europe and Japan have developed a
specification for quality fuel named
WorldWide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that
is expected to be applied world wide.
The WWFC consists of four categories
that depend on required emission lev-
els. In the U.S., category 3 has been
adopted. The WWFC improves air quali-
ty by providing for better emissions in
vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction
through better vehicle performance.
CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE
Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-
formulated gasoline that contains oxy-
genates such as ethanol or MTBE is
available in many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner
burning gasoline and appropriately blended
reformulated gasoline. These types of gas-
oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-
mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-
prove air quality.
OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
blended gasoline where the oxygenate
content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
rating no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing methanol.
GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT
Some gasoline contain an octane en-
hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-
taining MMT is used, your emission con-
trol system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-
strument cluster may come on. If this hap-
pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-
vice.
GASOLINE QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the partic-
ular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If this does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
z Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel sys-
tem damage or vehicle performance
problems.
z If driveability problems occur (poor
hot starting, vaporizing, engine
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.
z Take care not to spill gasohol dur-
ing refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
55 L (14.5 gal., 12.1 Imp. gal.)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
136
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The fuel pump shut off system stops sup-
plying fuel to the engine to minimize the
risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls
or an airbag inflates upon collision. To
restart the engine after the fuel pump shut
off system activates, turn the ignition
switch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and start
it.
CAUTION
Inspect the ground under the vehicle
before restarting the engine. If you
find that liquid has leaked onto the
ground, it is the fuel system has
been damaged and it is in need of
repair. In this case, do not restart the
engine.
If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the cor-
rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).
The threeway catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.
CAUTION
D Keep people and combustible mate-
rials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.
D Do not drive, idle or park your ve-
hicle over anything that might burn
easily such as grass, leaves, paper
or rags.
Fuel pump shut off system Operation in foreign countries Threeway catalytic converter
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
137
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the threeway catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:
z Use only unleaded gasoline.
z Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creat-
ing an excessive load on the three
way catalytic converter.
z Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 min-
utes.
z Avoid racing the engine.
z Do not pushstart or pullstart your
vehicle.
z Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.
z Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel system could cause an ex-
tremely high threeway catalytic
converter temperature.
z If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a checkup as pos-
sible. Remember, your Toyota dealer
knows your vehicle and its three
way catalytic converter system best.
z To ensure that the threeway cata-
lytic converter and the entire emis-
sion control system operate proper-
ly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
scheduled maintenance information,
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment”.
CAUTION
D Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.
It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.
D Make sure the exhaust system has
no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.
D Do not run the engine in a garage
or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.
D Do not remain for a long time in a
parked vehicle with the engine run-
ning. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.
Engine exhaust cautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
138
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Keep the back door closed while
driving. An open or unsealed back
door may cause exhaust gases to
be drawn into the vehicle.
D To allow proper operation of your
vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the wind-
shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-
er obstructions.
D If you smell exhaust fumes in the
vehicle, drive with the windows
open and the back door closed.
Have the cause immediately located
and corrected.
FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in main-
taining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should con-
sume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.
D Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston
rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a pis-
ton moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.
D Oil is also used to lubricate the stems
of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High tem-
perature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.
The amount of engine oil consumed de-
pends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by highspeed driv-
ing and frequent acceleration and decel-
eration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000
km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp. qt./600
miles)
When judging the amount of oil con-
sumption, note that the oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-
mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
appear that the oil level has not changed.
The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.
Facts about engine oil
consumption
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
139
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in prop-
er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-
gine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.
For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-
tion 72.
Your engine is fitted with iridiumtipped
spark plugs.
NOTICE
Use only iridiumtipped spark plugs
and do not adjust gaps for your en-
gine performance and smooth drive-
ability.
The tandem master cylinder brake system
is a hydraulic system with two separate
subsystems. If either subsystem should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will be increase. Also,
the brake system warning light may come
on.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
powerassist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
vacuum for one or two stops—but no
more!
Iridiumtipped spark plugs Brake system
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
140
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacu-
um.
D Even if the power assist is com-
pletely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than nor-
mal. And your braking distance will
increase.
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(with “ABS” warning light)
The antilock brake system is designed
to help prevent lockup of the wheels
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
providing directional stability and steer-
ing performance of the vehicle under
these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal: When the antilock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
In this situation, to let the antilock
brake system work for you, just hold the
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
pump the brake in a panic stop. This
will result in reduced braking performan-
ce.
The antilock brake system becomes op-
erative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on a manhole cov-
er, a steel plate at a construction site,
joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
tends to activate the antilock brake sys-
tem.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle begins to move. This means
that the antilock brake system is in the
self check mode, and does not indicate a
malfunction.
When the antilock brake system is ac-
tivated, the following conditions may
occur. They do not indicate a malfunc-
tion of the system:
D You may hear the antilock brake sys-
tem operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the ve-
hicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the ve-
hicle is stopped.
D At the end of the antilock brake sys-
tem activation, the brake pedal may
move a little forward.
CAUTION
Do not overestimate the antilock
brake system: Although the antilock
brake system assists in providing ve-
hicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, be-
cause there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the anti
lock brake system on.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
141
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If tire grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the antilock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.
Antilock brake system is not de-
signed to shorten the stopping dis-
tance: Always drive at a moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
antilock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping dis-
tance in the following cases:
D Driving on rough, gravel or snow
covered roads.
D Driving with tire chains installed.
D Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road.
D Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differ-
ences in surface height.
Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The antilock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respec-
tive wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed
resulting in a longer stopping dis-
tance.
Type A
Type B
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
142
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
“ABS” warning light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. There-
after, if the system malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
antilock brake system does not operate,
but the brake system still operates con-
ventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
antilock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
somewhere in the components moni-
tored by the warning light system. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ONposi-
tion, or remains on.
D The light comes on while you are driv-
ing.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
CAUTION
If the “ABSwarning light remains on
together with the brake system warn-
ing light, immediately stop your ve-
hicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the antilock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unsta-
ble during braking.
DRUMINDISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM (2ZZGE engine)
Your vehicle has a drumindisc type
parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs beddingdown of the brake
shoes periodically or whenever the parking
brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.
Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-
dingdown.
The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-
tor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.
Brake pad wear limit
indicators
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
143
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.
1ZZFE engine
2ZZGE engine
Your Toyota’s identification
—Vehicle identification
number —Engine number
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
144
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.
Your new vehicle carries theft preven-
tion labels which are approximately 56
mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-
ing the tracing and recovery of parts from
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroy-
ing the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to anoth-
er, will be impossible.
NOTICE
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may vio-
late certain state or federal laws.
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous handling charac-
teristics, resulting in loss of control.
Theft prevention labels Suspension and chassis
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
145
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
This illustration indicates typical tire
symbols.
1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
size” in this Section.
2. DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)—For details, see
“—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)” in this Section.
3. Uniform tire quality grading—
For details, see “—Uniform tire
quality grading” that follows.
4. The location of the tread wear
indicatorsFor details, see
“Checking and replacing tires” in
Section 72.
5. Turning direction indicator—
Some vehicles are equipped with
directional tires. For details, see
“Rotating tires” in Section 72.
6. Tire ply composition and mate-
rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-
bercoated parallel cords. Cords
mean the strands forming the plies
in the tire.
Tire information—
—Tire symbols
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
146
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
7. Radial tires or biasply tires—A
radial tire has “RADIAL” on the
sidewall. The tire not marked with
“RADIAL” is a biasply tire.
8. “TUBELESS” or “TUBE
TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not
have a tube inside the tire and air
is directly filled in the tire. A tube
type tire has a tube inside the tire
and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
9. Load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure—For details,
seeChecking and replacing tires”
in Section 72.
10.Maximum cold tire inflation
pressure—This means the pres-
sure to which a tire may be in-
flated. For details about recom-
mended cold tire inflation
pressure, see “Tires in Section 8.
11.Summer tire or all season
tire—An all season tire has “M+S
on the sidewall. The tire not
marked with “M+S” is a summer
tire. For details, see “Types of
tires” in this Section.
This illustration indicates typical DOT
and Tire Identification Number (TIN).
1. “DOT” symbol
2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)
3. Tire manufacturers identification
mark
4. Tire size code
5. Manufacturers optional tire type
code
6. Manufacturing week
7. Manufacturing year
The “DOT symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
147
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
This illustration indicates typical tire
size.
1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,
T=Temporary use)
2. Section width (in millimeters)
3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section
width)
4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,
D=Diagonal)
5. Wheel diameter (in inch)
6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one
letter)
1. Section width
2. Tire height
3. Wheel diameter
1. Bead
2. Sidewall
3. Shoulder
4. Tread
5. Belt
6. Inner liner
7. Reinforcing rubber
8. Carcass
9. Rim lines
10.Bead wires
11. Chafer
—Tire size —Name of each section of tire
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
148
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
This information has been prepared
in accordance with regulations issued
by the National Highway Traffic Safe-
ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-
ment of Transportation. It provides
the purchasers and/or prospective
purchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-
formation on uniform tire quality grad-
ing.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you
read this information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger
vehicle tires must conform to Fed-
eral Safety Requirements in addi-
tion to these grades. Quality
grades can be found where appli-
cable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum sec-
tion width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A
Treadwear—The treadwear grade is
a comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested un-
der controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course. For ex-
ample, a tire graded 150 would wear
one and a half (11/2) times as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving hab-
its, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B, and C, and they represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-
ment as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor trac-
tion performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and
does not include cornering (turning)
traction.
—Uniform tire quality grading
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
149
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Temperature A, B, C—The tempera-
ture grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resis-
tance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of per-
formance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for
this tire are established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not over-
loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
tion, or excessive loading, either sep-
arately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
150
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked at least 3 hours
or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile under that
condition
Maximum inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and
shown on the sidewall of the tire
Recommended inflation pressure Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be
replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items
are available as factoryinstalled equipment (whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional engine
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
The sum of
(a) Curb weight;
(b) Accessory weight;
(c) Vehicle capacity weight; and
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant weight
68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second
column of Table 1 that follows
Tire related terms
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
151
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Production options weight
The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing
over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special
trim
Vehicle capacity weight
(Total load capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s
designated seating capacity
Intended outboard sidewall
(A) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(B) The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table
1 that follows
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads
are seated
Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation The industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
152
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Vehicle normal load on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight
(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two
Weather side The surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire
Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity,
number of occupants
Vehicle normal load, number of
occupants
Occupant distribution in a normally
loaded vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
153
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Vehicle load limits include total load
capacity, seating capacity, towing ca-
pacity and cargo capacity. Follow the
load limits shown below.
Total load capacity:
329 kg (725 lb.)
Total load capacity means com-
bined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage. Tongue load is in-
cluded when trailer towing.
Seating capacity:
Total 4 (Front 2, Rear 2)
Seating capacity means the maxi-
mum number of occupants whose
weight is supposed to be 68 kg (150
lb.) per person. Depending on the
weight of person, the seating ca-
pacity given may exceed the total
load capacity.
NOTICE
Even if the number of occupants
are within the seating capacity,
do not exceed the total load ca-
pacity.
Towing capacity:
907 kg (2000 lb.)
Towing capacity means the maxi-
mum gross trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo weight) that
your vehicle is able to tow.
Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or de-
crease depending on the size (weight)
and the number of occupants. For de-
tails, see “Capacity and distribution”
that follows.
CAUTION
Do not apply the load more than
each load limit. That may cause
not only damage to the tires, but
also deterioration to the steering
ability and braking ability, which
may cause an accident.
When stowing cargo or luggage in the
vehicle, observe the following:
D Put cargo or luggage in the lug-
gage compartment when at all
possible. Be sure all items are se-
cured in place.
D Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-
anced. Locating the weight as far
forward as possible helps maintain
balance.
D For better fuel economy, do not
carry unneeded weight.
CAUTION
D To prevent cargo and luggage
from sliding forward during
braking, do not stack anything
in the luggage compartment
higher than the seatbacks.
Keep cargo and luggage low,
as close to the floor as pos-
sible.
Vehicle load limits
Cargo and luggage
—Stowage precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
154
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It is
not designed for passengers.
They should ride in their seats
with their seat belts properly
fastened. Otherwise, they are
much more likely to suffer seri-
ous bodily injury, in the event
of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
D Do not place anything on the
luggage cover. Such items may
be thrown about and possibly
injure people in the vehicle
during sudden braking or an
accident.
D Do not drive with objects left
on top of the instrument panel.
They may interfere with the
driver’s field of view. Or they
may move during sharp vehicle
acceleration or turning, and im-
pair the drivers control of the
vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occu-
pants.
Cargo capacity depends on the to-
tal weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-
ity) – (Total weight of occupants)
STEPS FOR DETERMINING
CORRECT LOAD LIMIT
1. Locate the statement “The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
pounds” on your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example,
if the “XXX” amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available car-
go and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
For details about trailer towing, see
“Trailer towing” in Section 3.
—Capacity and distribution
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
155
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Cargo
capacity
Total load
capacity
EXAMPLE ON YOUR VEHICLE
In case that 2 people with the com-
bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) are
riding in your vehicle with the total
load capacity of 329 kg (725 lb.), the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity will be as follows:
329 kg 166 kg = 163 kg.
(725 lb. – 366 lb. = 359 lb.)
From this condition, if 2 more passen-
gers with the combined weight of 93
kg (205 lb.) get on, the available car-
go and luggage load will be reduced
as follows:
163 kg 93 kg = 70 kg.
(359 lb. – 205 lb. = 154 lb.)
As shown in the above example, if the
number of occupants increases, the
cargo and luggage load equaling the
combined weight of occupants who
got on later must be reduced. In other
words, if the increase in the number
of occupants causes the excess of
the total load capacity (combined
weight of occupants plus cargo and
luggage load), you have to reduce the
cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
For details about total load capacity,
see “Vehicle load limits” in this Sec-
tion.
CAUTION
Even if the total load of occu-
pant’s weight and the cargo load
is less than the total load capac-
ity, do not apply the load uneven-
ly. That may cause not only dam-
age to the tire but also deteriora-
tion to the steering ability due to
unbalance of the vehicle, causing
an accident.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
156
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Determine what kind of tires your
vehicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are highspeed capabil-
ity tires best suited to highway driving
under dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the
same traction performance as snow
tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snowcovered or icy roads.
For driving on snowcovered or icy
roads, we recommend using snow
tires. If installing snow tires, be sure
to replace all four tires.
2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to pro-
vide better traction in snow and to be
adequate for driving in most winter
conditions, as well as for use all year
round.
All season tires, however, do not have
adequate traction performance
compared with snow tires in heavy or
loose snow. Also, all season tires fall
short in acceleration and handling
performance compared with summer
tires in highway driving.
The details about how to distinguish
summer tires from all season tires are
described in this Section.
CAUTION
D Do not mix summer and all sea-
son tires on your vehicle as
this can cause dangerous han-
dling characteristics, resulting
in loss of control.
D Do not use tires other than the
manufacture’s designated
tires, and never mix tires or
wheels of the sizes different
from the originals.
Types of tires
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
157
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinghy towing 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 167. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 3
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
158
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Check the area around the vehicle be-
fore entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion angle and steering wheel
angle.
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
4. Lock both side doors.
5. Fasten seat belts.
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-
sories.
3. Manual transmission: Press the clutch
pedal to the floor and shift the trans-
mission into neutral. Hold the clutch
pedal to the floor until the engine is
started. A starter safety device will pre-
vent the starter from operating if the
clutch pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic transmission: Put the se-
lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-
start the engine while the vehicle is
moving, put the selector lever in “N”.
A starter safety device will prevent the
starter from operating if the selector
lever is in any drive position.
4. Automatic transmission only: De-
press the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.
Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-
low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-
ing”.
Normal starting procedure
The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
tial multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
airfuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:
With your foot off the accelerator pedal,
crank the engine by turning the key to
“START”. Release it when the engine
starts.
Engine should be warmed up by driving,
not in idle. For warming up, drive with
smoothly turning engine until engine cool-
ant temperature is within normal range.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct proce-
dure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-
tion 4.
Before starting the engine
How to start the engine—
(a) Before cranking
(b) Starting the engine
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
159
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
z Do not crank for more than 30 sec-
onds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
z Do not race a cold engine.
z If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.
D Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.
This will allow you much better control.
D Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-
sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharpedged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage such
as a tire burst.
Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Other-
wise, the impact could cause severe
damage to the tires and/or wheels.
D When parking on a hill, turn the front
wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmis-
sion in “P” (automatic) or in first or
reverse (manual). If necessary, block
the wheels.
D Washing your vehicle or driving through
deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the park-
ing brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
D Before driving off, make sure that
the parking brake is fully released
and the parking brake reminder
light is off.
D Do not leave your vehicle unat-
tended while the engine is running.
D Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.
D To drive down a long or steep hill,
reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.
Tips for driving in various
conditions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
160
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Be careful when accelerating, up-
shifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden accelera-
tion or engine braking, could cause
the vehicle to spin or skid.
D Do not drive in excess of the speed
limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has highspeed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to con-
sult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are highspeed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.
D Do not continue normal driving
when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a lon-
ger stopping distance, and it may
pull to one side when the brakes
are applied. Also, the parking brake
will not hold the vehicle securely.
Make sure your coolant is properly pro-
tected against freezing.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based nonsilicate, nonamine, nonnitrite,
and nonborate coolant with longlife hy-
brid organic acid technology.
See “Checking the engine coolant level” in
Section 72 for details of coolant type
selection.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre
mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. This coolant provides protec-
tion down to about 35_C (31_F).
NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape
to provide enough power for winter start-
ing. Section 73 tells you how to visually
inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer
and most service stations will be pleased
to check the level of charge.
Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.
See Section 72 for recommended viscos-
ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your
vehicle during winter months may cause
harder starting. If you are not sure about
which oil to use, call your Toyota deal-
er—he will be pleased to help.
Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock deicer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing. To open
a frozen lock, try heating the key before
inserting it.
Use a washer fluid containing an anti-
freeze solution.
This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.
Winter driving tips
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
161
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse
(manual) and block the rear wheels. Do
not use the parking brake, or snow or
water accumulated in and around the
parking brake mechanism may freeze,
making it hard to release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.
Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emer-
gency equipment.
Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.
Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
ground) behind a motorhome.
NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle with four
wheels on the ground. This may
cause serious damage to your vehicle.
Your vehicle can be dinghy towed (with
four wheels on the ground) from the
front behind a motorhome.
CAUTION
Dinghy towing requires special equip-
ment and accessories. Please refer to
your service outlet of the motorhome
manufacture for the recommended
equipment.
Dinghy towing
(with automatic transmission)
Dinghy towing
(with manual transmission)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
162
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Dinghy towing does not eliminate the
possibility of damage to your vehicle.
DINGHY TOWING TIPS
Before dinghy towing, be sure to ob-
serve the following in order to reduce
the damage to your vehicle.
1. Put the shift lever in neutral.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC
position. Make sure the audio is turned
off and any item is not plugged into
the power outlet.
NOTICE
To avoid the locking of the steering
wheel, turn the ignition switch to the
“ACC” position.
3. Release the parking brake.
After dinghy towing, let the engine idle for
more than 3 minutes before driving the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle from the
rear. This may cause serious damage
to your vehicle.
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passengercarrying vehicle. Towing a
trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your
safety and the safety of others, you must
not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota
warranties do not apply to damage or
malfunction caused by towing a trailer for
commercial purposes. Ask your local
Toyota dealer for further details before
towing.
WEIGHT LIMITS
Before towing, make sure the total trailer
weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle
weight and trailer tongue load are all with-
in the limits.
The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, build-
ing supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.
Trailer towing
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
163
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D The total trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo load) must
not exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Ex-
ceeding this weight is dangerous.
D Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-
ent weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capa-
ble of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maxi-
mum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating speci-
fied for the trailerhitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in seri-
ous personal injuries.
Total trailer weight
Total trailer weight
Tongue load
Tongue load
100 = 9 to 11%
D The gross vehicle weight must not
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross ve-
hicle weight is the sum of weights
of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-
sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.
D The load on either the front or rear
axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
on the Certification Label.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
164
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D The trailer cargo load should be
distributed so that the tongue load
is 9 to 11% of the total trailer
weight, not exceeding the maximum
of 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load the
trailer with more weight in the back
than in the front. About 60% of the
trailer load should be in the front
half of the trailer and the remaining
40% in the rear.
HITCHES
D Use only a hitch which is recom-
mended by the hitch manufacturer and
conforms to the total trailer weight re-
quirement.
D Follow the directions supplied by the
hitch manufacturer, and bolt the hitch
securely to the rear bumper. Lubricate
the hitch ball with a light coat of
grease.
D Toyota recommends removing the trail-
er hitch whenever you are not towing
a trailer to reduce the possibility of
additional damage caused by the hitch
if your vehicle is struck from behind.
After removing the hitch, seal any
mounting holes in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of pollutants such as ex-
haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.
NOTICE
Do not use axlemounted hitches as
they can cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels or
tires. Also, never install a hitch which
may interfere with the normal function
of an Energy Absorbing Bumper.
BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS
D Toyota recommends trailers with
brakes that conform to any applica-
ble federal and state/provincial regu-
lations.
D A safety chain must always be used
between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should
cross under the trailer tongue to
prevent the tongue from dropping to
the ground in case it becomes dam-
aged or separated. For correct safety
chain procedures, follow the hitch or
trailer manufacturer’s recommenda-
tions.
CAUTION
D If the total trailer weight exceeds
453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.
D Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-
draulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.
D Never tow a trailer without using a
safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.
TIRES
D Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are
properly inflated. See Section 72 and
Section 8 for instructions.
D The trailer tires should be inflated to
the pressure recommended by the trail-
er manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
165
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
TRAILER LIGHTS
D Trailer lights must comply with federal,
state/provincial and local regulations.
See your local recreational vehicle
dealer or rental agency for the correct
type of wiring and relays for your trail-
er. Check for correct operation of the
turn signals and stop lights each time
you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-
age your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.
BREAKIN SCHEDULE
D Toyota recommends that you do not
tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train com-
ponent (engine, transmission, differen-
tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.
MAINTENANCE
D If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will
require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this informa-
tion, please refer to the scheduled
maintenance information in the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.
D Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.
PRETOWING SAFETY CHECK
D Check that your vehicle remains a lev-
el when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal noseup or nosedown
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.
D Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it can not shift.
D Check that your rear view mirrors con-
form to any applicable federal, state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.
TRAILER TOWING TIPS
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not tow-
ing. The three main causes of vehicle
trailer accidents are driver error, exces-
sive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:
D Before starting out, check operation of
the lights and all vehicletrailer connec-
tions. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and con-
nections. Before actually towing a trail-
er, practice turning, stopping and back-
ing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.
D Backing with a trailer is difficult and
requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This pro-
cedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer.) Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
D Because stopping distance may be in-
creased, vehicletovehicle distance
should be increased when towing a
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length between you and the ve-
hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of control. This is especially
true on wet or slippery surfaces.
D Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-
tion. If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, prevent excessive clutch
slippage by keeping engine rpm low
and not racing the engine. Always start
out in first gear.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
166
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.
The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.
D Remember that when making a turn,
the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.
D Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-
versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to pre-
pare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.
D Be careful when passing other ve-
hicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room be-
fore changing lanes.
D In order to maintain engine braking effi-
ciency do not use fifth gear (5speed
manual transmission), sixth gear
(6speed manual transmission) or over-
drive (automatic transmission).
D Because of the added load of the trail-
er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30_C [85_F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.
D Always place wheel blocks under both
the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)
or in first or reverse (manual). Avoid
parking on a slope with a trailer, but
if it cannot be avoided, do so only
after performing the following:
1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-
der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or
“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.
When restarting out after parking on a
slope:
1. With the transmission in “P” position
(automatic) or the clutch pedal de-
pressed (manual), start the engine.
(With an automatic transmission, be
sure to keep the brake pedal de-
pressed.)
2. Shift into gear.
3. Release the parking brake (also foot
brake on automatic transmission ve-
hicles) and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
167
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or
the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because insta-
bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle
trailer combination usually in-
creases as the speed increases, ex-
ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.
D Slow down and downshift before
descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden down-
shifts.
D Avoid holding the brake pedal down
too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking effi-
ciency.
Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:
D Keep your tires inflated at the cor-
rect pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See Section
72 for instructions.
D Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.
D Avoid lengthy warmup idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, howev-
er, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.
D Keep the automatic transmission
overdrive turned on when engine
braking is not required. Driving with
the overdrive off will reduce the fuel
economy. (For details, see Automatic
transmission in Section 17.)
D Accelerate slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
gear as quickly as possible.
D Avoid long engine idling. If you have
a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.
D Avoid engine lugging or overrev-
ving. Use a gear position suitable for
the road on which you are travelling.
D Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down. Stopandgo driving
wastes fuel.
D Avoid unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-
tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-
den braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.
D Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.
D Do not rest your foot on the clutch
or brake pedal. This causes premature
wear, overheating and poor fuel econo-
my.
D Maintain a moderate speed on high-
ways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel con-
sumption.
How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
168
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Keep the front wheels in proper
alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.
D Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corro-
sion.
D Keep your vehicle tunedup and in
top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-
er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.
all lower engine performance and con-
tribute to poor fuel economy. For longer
life of all parts and lower operating
costs, keep all maintenance work on
schedule, and if you often drive under
severe conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance.
(For scheduled maintenance informa-
tion, please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owners Manu-
al Supplement”.)
CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function with-
out the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is run-
ning.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
169
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot increase the engine speed 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle becomes stuck 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 189. . . . . . . .
If you lose your keys 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 190. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 4
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
170
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting pro-
cedure given in “How to start the engine”
in Section 3 and that you have sufficient
fuel.
If the engine is not turning over or is
turning over too slowly
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump start-
ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for further
instructions.
If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.
NOTICE
Do not pull or pushstart the vehicle.
It may damage the vehicle or cause a
collision when the engine starts. Also
the threeway catalytic converter may
overheat and become a fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or
“LOCK” and try starting the engine
again.
2. If the engine will not start, the engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking. See “(b) Starting a flooded
engine” for further instructions.
3. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.
If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the key to “START
with the accelerator pedal fully depressed.
Keep the key and accelerator pedal in
these positions for 15 seconds and re-
lease them. Then try starting the engine
with your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If the engine does not start after 15 se-
conds of cranking, release the key, wait
a few minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds
at a time. This may overheat the starter
and wiring systems.
If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
(b) Starting a flooded engine
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
171
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might re-
sult from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent me-
chanic or towing service.
CAUTION
D Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or ve-
hicle.
D If you should accidentally get acid
on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water imme-
diately. Then get immediate medical
attention. If possible, continue to
apply water with a sponge or cloth
while en route to the medical office.
D The gas normally produced by a
battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.
NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.
JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unneces-
sary lights and accessories.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batter-
ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting, run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
(c) Jump starting
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
172
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Discharged battery
Booster
battery
Positive terminal
(“+” mark)
Jumper cable
Positive
terminal
(“+” mark)
4. Make the cable connections in the or-
der a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.
Jumper cable
Booster
battery
Negative terminal
(“” mark)
Discharged battery
c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)
terminal on the booster battery.
d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting point is
shown in the following illustration:
Connecting point
Do not connect the cable to or near
any part that moves when the engine
is cranked.
CAUTION
When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch any-
thing except the correct battery termi-
nals or the ground.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
173
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
5. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.
6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.
If your engine stalls while driving...
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or
“LOCK”, and try starting the engine
again.
If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start” in this Section.
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
If the engine speed does not increase
when the accelerator pedal is depressed,
there may be a problem somewhere in
your electronic throttle control system.
At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-
er, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erro-
neous pedal operation.
If your engine stalls while
driving
If you cannot increase the
engine speed
(2ZZGE engine)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
174
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you ex-
perience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-
hicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
(automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-
ply the parking brake. Turn off the air
conditioning if it is being used.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running and make sure the electric
cooling fan is operating. If it is not,
turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.
3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-
gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer
for assistance.
5. If there are no obvious leaks, check
the coolant reservoir.
If it is dry, call a Toyota dealer for
assistance as soon as possible.
If there is enough coolant in the reser-
voir, again check the coolant level in
the reservoir after the engine coolant
temperature has cooled to normal. Seri-
ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at you Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to touch the coolant
reservoir tank when the engine and
radiator are hot. Serious injury could
result from scalding hot fluid and
steam blown out under pressure.
If your vehicle overheats
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
175
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place
well away from the traffic. Avoid
stopping on the center divider of
a highway. Park on a level spot
with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your
emergency flashers.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and
put the transmission in “P” (auto-
matic) or reverse (manual).
4. Have everyone get out of the ve-
hicle on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions
thoroughly.
CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe
the following to reduce the possi-
bility of personal injury:
D Follow jacking instructions.
D Do not put any part of your
body under the vehicle sup-
ported by the jack. Otherwise,
personal injury may occur.
D Do not start or run the engine
while your vehicle is supported
by the jack.
D Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking
brake and put the transmission
in “P” (automatic) or reverse
(manual). Block the wheel diag-
onally opposite to the one be-
ing changed if necessary.
D Make sure to set the jack prop-
erly in the jack point. Raising
the vehicle with jack improper-
ly positioned will damage the
vehicle or may allow the ve-
hicle to fall off the jack and
cause personal injury.
D Never get under the vehicle
when the vehicle is supported
by the jack alone.
D Use the jack only for lifting
your vehicle during wheel
changing.
D Do not raise the vehicle with
someone in the vehicle.
D When raising the vehicle, do
not place any objects on top
of or underneath the jack.
D Raise the vehicle only high
enough to remove and change
the tire.
If you have a flat tire—
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
176
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Do not continue driving with a
deflated tire. Driving even a
short distance can damage a
tire and wheel beyond repair.
Type A
Type B
Spare tire with turning direction in-
dicators (some models)
The spare tires with turning direc-
tion indicators are directional and
intended to be used so that they
turn in the same direction as the
turning direction indicators.
Installing the wheel on the driver side
of the vehicle will not affect tire perfor-
mance. If the spare tire is used on
the driver side of the vehicle, it should
be used only temporarily and then re-
placed with the correct one.
Compact spare tire
The compact spare tire is designed
for temporary emergency use only.
The compact spare tire is identified
by the distinctive wheel design and
color and special wording
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY molded
into the side wall of the tire.
The compact spare tire saves space
in your trunk or luggage compartment,
and its lighter weight helps to improve
fuel economy and permits easier
installation in case of a flat tire.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
177
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The compact spare tire can be used
many times, if necessary. It has tread
life of up to 4800 km (3000 miles) de-
pending on road conditions and your
driving habits. When tread wear indi-
cators appear on the tire, replace the
tire.
See also the tire information in Sec-
tion 72 for details on the tread wear
indicators and other service informa-
tion.
CAUTION
D The compact spare tire was de-
signed especially for your To-
yota. Do not use it on any other
vehicle.
D Do not use more than one com-
pact spare tire at the same
time.
D The pressure for the compact
spare tire must be 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm
2
or bar, 60 psi).
D Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph) when driving with the
compact spare tire.
D The standard tire should be re-
paired and reinstalled as soon
as possible.
D Avoid sudden acceleration,
sudden deceleration and sharp
turns with the compact spare
tire.
NOTICE
Your ground clearance is re-
duced when the compact spare
tire is installed so avoid driving
over obstacles and drive slowly
on rough, unpaved roads and
speed bumps. Also, do not at-
tempt to go through an auto-
matic car wash as the vehicle
may get caught, resulting in
damage.
With a compact spare tire
Without a compact spare tire
Required tools and spare
tire
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
178
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Get the required tools and
spare tire.
1Jack
2 Wheel nut wrench
3 Spare tire
4 Jack handle
To prepare yourself for an emergency,
you should familiarize yourself with
the use of the jack, each of the tools
and their storage locations.
To remove the jack:
1. Turn the jack joint by hand until
the jack becomes free.
CAUTION
When removing the jack, be care-
ful not to injure your hands with
the edge of the trim.
2. Twist the jack head clockwise and
pull out the jack.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
179
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To store the jack, put the jack base
on the fitting place. Turn the joint until
the jack upper side fits securely with
the protrusion of the carrier.
This prevents the jack from flying for-
ward during a collision or sudden
braking.
CAUTION
When storing the jack, be careful
not to injure your hands with the
edge of the trim.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Remove the spare tire cover.
2. Loosen the bolt and remove it.
Then take the spare tire out of the
vehicle.
When storing the spare tire, put it in
place with the inner side of the wheel
facing up. Then secure the tire by re-
peating the above removal steps in
reverse order to prevent it from flying
forward during a collision or sudden
braking.
2. Block the wheel diagonally op-
posite the flat tire to keep the
vehicle from rolling when it is
jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a
wheel block in front of one of the front
wheels or behind one of the rear
wheels.
—Blocking the wheel
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
180
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Steel wheels
Aluminum wheels
3. Remove the wheel ornament.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench
as shown.
CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the orna-
ment by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid
unexpected personal injury.
4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Always loosen the wheel nuts before
raising the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise
to loosen. To get maximum leverage,
fit the wrench to the nut so that the
handle is on the right side, as shown
above. Grab the wrench near the end
of the handle and pull up on the han-
dle. Be careful that the wrench does
not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-
screw them about one—half turn.
—Removing wheel ornament —Loosening wheel nuts
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
181
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose
and the wheels may fall off,
which could cause a serious ac-
cident.
5. Position the jack at the correct
jack point as shown.
Make sure the jack is positioned on
a level and solid place.
6. After making sure that no one
is in the vehicle, raise it high
enough so that the spare tire
can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare
tire than when removing the flat tire.
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack
handle into the jack (it is a loose fit)
and turn it clockwise. As the jack
touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
doublecheck that it is properly posi-
tioned.
—Positioning the jack —Raising your vehicle
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
182
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the
jack alone.
7. Remove the wheel nuts and
change tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the
bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get
at least the top bolt started through
its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it
back over the other bolts.
Before putting on wheels, remove any
corrosion on the mounting surfaces
with a wire brush or such. Installation
of wheels without good metaltomet-
al contact at the mounting surface can
cause wheel nuts to loosen and
eventually cause a wheel to come off
while driving.
—Changing wheels
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
183
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-
ger tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end
inward) and tighten them as much as
you can by hand. Press back on the
tire back and see if you can tighten
them more.
CAUTION
Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead
to overtightening the nuts and
damaging the bolts. The nuts
may loose and the wheels may
fall off, which could cause a seri-
ous accident. If there is oil or
grease on any bolt or nut, clean
it.
9. Lower the vehicle completely
and tighten the wheel nuts.
Turn the jack handle counterclock-
wise to lower the vehicle.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and
turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.
Do not use other tools or any addition-
al leverage other than your hands,
such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.
Make sure the wrench is securely en-
gaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in
the order shown. Repeat the process
until all the nuts are tight.
—Reinstalling wheel nuts —Lowering your vehicle
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
184
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D When lowering the vehicle,
make sure all portions of your
body and all other persons
around will not be injured as
the vehicle is lowered to the
ground.
D Have the wheel nuts tightened
with torque wrench to 103 N·m
(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soon
as possible after changing
wheels. Otherwise, the nuts
may loosen and the wheels
may fall off, which could cause
a serious accident.
Steel wheels
Aluminum wheels
10.Reinstall the wheel ornament.
1. Put the wheel ornament into posi-
tion.
Steel wheels—Align the cutout of the
wheel ornament with the valve stem
as shown.
2. Press hand firmly on one side of
wheel ornament and then firmly
tap the other side around the edge
of wheel ornament with the heel
of your hand to snap into place.
CAUTION
Take due care in handling the or-
nament to avoid unexpected per-
sonal injury.
—Reinstalling wheel ornament
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
185
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
11.Check the air pressure of the re-
placed tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-
cation designated in Section 8. If the
pressure is lower, drive slowly to the
nearest service station and fill to the
correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-
tion valve cap as dirt and moisture
could get into the valve core and
possibly cause air leakage. If the cap
is missing, have a new one put on as
soon as possible.
12.Restow all the tools, jack and
flat tire securely.
As soon after changing wheels as
possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
torque specified in Section 8 with a
torque wrench. Have a technician re-
pair the flat tire and replace the spare
tire with it.
CAUTION
Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are se-
curely in place in their storage
location to reduce the possibility
of personal injury during a colli-
sion or sudden braking.
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it
forward and backward.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and back-
ward if people or objects are any-
where near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or backward
as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or ob-
jects.
—After changing wheels If your vehicle becomes stuck
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
186
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent dam-
age to the transmission and other
parts.
z Do not depress the accelerator ped-
al while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is com-
pletely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.
z Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.
z If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as tow-
ing.
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front
—From rear
(b) Using flat bed truck
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
vice. In consultation with them, have
your vehicle towed using either (a) or
(b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or com-
mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-
hicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency tow-
ing” in this Section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.
Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following pre-
cautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.
TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.
If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
187
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—Release the parking brake.
NOTICE
When lifting wheels, take care to en-
sure adequate ground clearance for
towing at the opposite end of the
raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper
and/or underbody of the towed vehicle
will be damaged during towing.
From rear—
D Manual transmission:
We recommend using a towing dolly
under the front wheels. If you do not
use a towing dolly, place the ignition
key in the “ACC” position and put the
transmission in neutral.
NOTICE
Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position when towing
from the rear without a towing dolly.
The steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight.
D Automatic transmission:
Use a towing dolly under the front
wheels.
NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the rear with the
front wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.
(b) Using flat bed truck
(c) Towing with sling type truck
(c) Towing with sling type truck
NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-
ther from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
188
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Front
Rear
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
vice.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-
rarily towed by a cable or chain se-
cured to the emergency towing eyelet
under the front of the vehicle or the
left emergency towing eyelet under the
rear of the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing vehicles.
Vehicles with an automatic transmis-
sion, use only the front towing eyelet
when towing your vehicle.
NOTICE
z Only use specified towing eyelet;
otherwise your vehicle may be dam-
aged.
z Vehicles with an automatic trans-
mission, never tow a vehicle from
the rear with four wheels on the
ground. This may cause serious
damage to the transmission.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hardsurfaced roads for a short dis-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing ve-
hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would place
excessive stress on the emergency
towing eyelets and towing cable or
chain. The eyelets and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelets provided.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in neutral (manu-
al) or “N (automatic). The key must be
in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-
ning).
—Emergency towing
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
189
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is de-
pressed, use the shift lock override but-
ton as follows:
1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”
position. Make sure the parking
brake is applied.
2. Pry up the cover with a flatbladed
screwdriver or equivalent.
3. Insert your finger into the hole to
push down the shift lock override
button. You can shift out of “P”
position only while pushing the but-
ton.
4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
190
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number.
See the suggestion given in “Keys” in
Section 12.
If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window be-
cause it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.
You can purchase a new wireless re-
mote control transmitter at your Toyota
dealer.
Have the registered identification numbers
of your transmitters deleted from your ve-
hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
an accident. Then, have the identification
number of your new transmitter registered.
At the same time, you must bring all of
the remaining transmitters to have them
registered again as well.
You can use the wireless remote control
system with the new transmitter. Contact
your Toyota dealer for detailed information.
If you lose your keys
If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
191
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing and waxing your Toyota 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the interior 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 5
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
192
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Toyota, through the diligent research, de-
sign and use of the most advanced
technology available, helps prevent corro-
sion and provides you with the finest qual-
ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up to
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help
ensure longterm corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:
D The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hardtoreach areas under
the vehicle.
D Chipping of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.
Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your ve-
hicle under certain environmental condi-
tions:
D Road salt or dust control chemicals will
accelerate corrosion, as will the pres-
ence of salt in the air near the sea
coast or in areas of industrial pollution.
D High humidity accelerates corrosion es-
pecially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.
D Wetness or dampness to certain parts
of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.
D High ambient temperatures can cause
corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which do not dry quickly due to
lack of proper ventilation.
The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any dam-
age to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.
To help prevent corrosion on your
Toyota, follow these guidelines:
Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:
D If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize cor-
rosion.
D High pressure water or steam is effec-
tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing. The
lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
frame members have drain holes which
should not be allowed to clog with dirt
as trapped water in these areas can
cause corrosion.
D Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-
oughly when winter is over.
See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” for
more tips.
Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up im-
mediately to prevent corrosion from start-
ing. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.
Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
193
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-
ter and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-
casionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly care-
ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-
ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Fullsize
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-
lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it covered with
water or snow, your garage may be so
damp and it will cause corrosion. Even if
your garage is heated, a wet vehicle can
corrode if the ventilation is poor.
Washing your Toyota
Keep your vehicle clean by regular
washing.
The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-
sible.
D When driving in a coastal area
D When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze
D When having coal tar, tree sap, bird
droppings and carcass of an insect
D When driving in the areas where there
is a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust
and chemical substances
D When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud
Handwashing your Toyota
Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not hot to the touch.
CAUTION
When cleaning under floor or chassis,
be careful not to injure your hands.
1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-
move any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or in the
wheel wells.
2. Wash with a mild carwash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic sub-
stances splashes an ornament, be sure to
wash it off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.
CAUTION
Do not attach the heavily damaged
plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off
the wheel and cause accidents while
the vehicle is moving.
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper
faces are soft.
Washing and waxing your
Toyota
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
194
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (gaso-
line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-
vents), which may be toxic or cause
damage.
3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.
Automatic car wash
Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-
matic car wash, but remember that the
paint can be scratched by some types of
brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the
washing process itself. Scratching reduces
paint durability and gloss, especially on
darker colors. The manager of the car
wash should be able to advise you wheth-
er the process is safe for the paint on
your vehicle.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the antenna,
make sure it is retracted or removed
before driving your Toyota through an
automatic car wash.
Waxing your Toyota
Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
surface does not repel water well.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-
fore you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weath-
ered, use a carcleaning polish, fol-
lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-
low the manufacturers instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the sur-
face in large patches.
NOTICE
Always remove the plastic bumpers if
your vehicle is repainted and placed
in a high heat paint waxing booth.
High temperatures could damage the
bumpers.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
195
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D Vehicles with side airbags:
Be careful not to splash water or
spill liquid on the floor. This may
prevent the side airbags from acti-
vating correctly, resulting in serious
injury.
D Do not wash the vehicle floor with
water, or allow water to get onto
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
interior or exterior. Water may get
into audio components or other
electrical components above or un-
der the floor carpet (or mat) and
cause a malfunction; and it may
cause body corrosion.
Vinyl interior
The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.
First vacuum over the upholstery to re-
move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-
peat the procedure. Commercial foaming
type vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.
NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.
Carpets
Use a good foamtype shampoo to
clean the carpets.
Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to pro-
duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.
Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.
Seat belts
The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-
ing, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.
NOTICE
z Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.
z Do not use the belts until they be-
come dry.
Cleaning the interior
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
196
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the win-
dows, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires on the rear
window.
Air conditioning control panel, car au-
dio, instrument panel, console panel,
and switches
Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.
Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-
warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.
NOTICE
z Do not use organic substances (sol-
vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discol-
oring, staining or peeling of the
surface.
z If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances men-
tioned above.
z If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not spill the liquid onto the ve-
hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-
tain the ingredients mentioned
above. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.
Leather Interior
The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.
Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.
After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-
lated shaded area.
NOTICE
z If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.
z Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline or
alkaline or acid solutions for clean-
ing the leather as these could
cause discoloring.
z Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.
z Mildew may develop on soiled leath-
er upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.
z Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your ve-
hicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.
z The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days, so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
197
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
z Improper cleaning of the leather up-
holstery could result in discolor-
ation or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
198
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
199
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? 203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 204. . . . . . . . .
For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the separate
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
SECTION 6
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
200
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with lon-
ger service intervals to save both your
time and money. However, each regular
maintenance, as well as daytoday care,
is more important than ever before to en-
sure smooth, and troublefree, safe, and
economical driving.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and emis-
sion control system warranties specify that
proper maintenance and care must be per-
formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment” for complete warranty information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those day
today care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to insure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.
Scheduled maintenance
The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular inter-
vals.
For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the separate “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owners Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.
The owner may elect to use nonToyota
supplied parts for replacement pur-
poses without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effec-
tiveness of the emission control sys-
tems.
You may also elect to have mainte-
nance, replacement, or repair of the
emission control devices and system
performed by any automotive repair es-
tablishment or individual without invali-
dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement” for complete war-
ranty information.
Where to go for service?
Toyota technicians are welltrained spe-
cialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and indealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.
You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance require-
ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-
nomically.
Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been per-
formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-
lems should arise with your vehicle while
under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to keep a copy of the repair order for any
service performed on your Toyota.
What about doityourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechani-
cal ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to per-
form them are presented in Section 7.
Maintenance requirements
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
201
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If you are a skilled doityourself mechan-
ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-
mended. Please be aware that doityour-
self maintenance can affect your warranty
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment” for the details.
Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as fre-
quently as specified. In addition to check-
ing the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-
fied service shop immediately. It is recom-
mended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.
CAUTION
Make these checks only with ade-
quate ventilation if you run the en-
gine.
IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See Section 73 for additional infor-
mation.
Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “FULL and “LOW” lines on the see
through reservoir when the engine is cold.
See Section 72 for additional information.
Radiator, condenser and hoses
Check that the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked with
leaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section
72 for additional information.
Battery condition
Check the battery condition by the indica-
tor color. See Section 73 for additional
information.
Brake fluid level
Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See Section 72 for additional information.
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See Section 72 for addi-
tional information.
Power steering fluid level
Check the level through the reservoir. The
level should be in the “HOT or “COLD”
range depending on the fluid temperature.
See Section 72 for additional information.
General maintenance
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
202
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immedi-
ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” in
Section 2.)
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working.
Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers
Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.
Steering wheel
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.
Seats
Check that all front seat controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-
erate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in any position. For foldingdown
rear seatbacks, check that the latches
lock securely.
Seat belts
Check that the seat belt system such as
buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt
webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-
aged.
Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.
Clutch pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation.
Brake pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.
Brakes
At a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.
Parking brake
Check that the lever has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-
nism
Check the lock release button of the se-
lector lever for proper and smooth opera-
tion. On a safe incline, check that your
vehicle is held securely with the selector
lever in “P” position and all brakes re-
leased.
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Fluid leaks
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-
ter or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including back door
operate smoothly and all latches lock se-
curely. Make sure the engine hood secon-
dary latch secures the hood from opening
when the primary latch is released.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
203
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge ev-
ery two weeks, or at least once a
month. See Section 72 for additional
information.
Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts,
damage or excessive wear. See Sec-
tion 72 for additional information.
When checking the tires, make sure
no nuts are missing, and check the
nuts for looseness. Tighten them if
necessary.
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires according to the
maintenance schedule. (For sched-
uled maintenance information, please
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owners Manual Supple-
ment”.) See Section 72 for additional
information.
Be on the alert for changes in perfor-
mance, sounds, and visual tipoffs that
indicate service is needed. Some impor-
tant clues are as follows:
D Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
D Appreciable loss of power
D Strange engine noises
D A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-
ter dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)
D Change in exhaust sound (This may
indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked im-
mediately.)
D Flatlooking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear
D Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road
D Strange noises related to suspension
movement
D Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
feeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-
most touches floor; vehicle pulls to one
side when braking
D Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal
If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the ve-
hicle unchecked. It could result in se-
rious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.
Does your vehicle need
repairing?
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
204
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Some states have vehicle emission in-
spection programs which include OBD
(OnBoard Diagnostics) checks.
The OBD system monitors the operation
of the emission control system. When the
OBD system determines that a problem
exists somewhere in the emission control
system, the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even if the malfunction indicator lamp
does not come on, your vehicle may not
pass the I/M test as readiness codes
have not been set in the OBD system.
Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.
Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary mal-
function such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips, but the
error code in the OBD system will not be
cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
taken.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
even the malfunction indicator lamp does
not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
to prepare the vehicle for retesting.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
205
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
DOITYOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse locations 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Doityourself service precautions 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning the jack 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and tools 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 7 1
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
206
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Power steering fluid reservoir
2. Engine oil level dipstick
3. Engine coolant reservoir
4. Engine oil filler cap
5. Battery
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuse blocks
8. Radiator
9. Electric cooling fans
10. Condenser
11. Windshield and rear window washer
fluid tank
Engine compartment overview
"1ZZFE engine
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
207
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Power steering fluid reservoir
2. Engine oil level dipstick
3. Engine coolant reservoir
4. Engine oil filler cap
5. Battery
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuse blocks
8. Radiator
9. Electric cooling fans
10. Condenser
11. Windshield and rear window washer
fluid tank
"2ZZGE engine
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
208
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Spare fuses
Fuse locations
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
209
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this Section.
You should be aware that improper or in-
complete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing doityourself maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.
This Section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.
For information on tools and parts for do
ityourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools”.
Utmost care should be taken when work-
ing on your vehicle to prevent accidental
injury. Here are a few precautions that
you should be especially careful to ob-
serve:
CAUTION
D When the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive belts. (Removing rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)
D Right after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold, power steering
fluid reservoir and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-
ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.
D If the engine is hot, do not remove
the coolant reservoir cap or air re-
lease valve or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.
D Do not get under your vehicle with
just the body jack supporting it. Al-
ways use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.
D Be sure that the ignition is off if
you work near the electric cooling
fans or radiator grille. With the
ignition on, the electric cooling fans
will automatically start to run if the
engine coolant temperature is high
and/or the air conditioning is on.
D Use eye protection whenever you
work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
D Used engine oil contains potentially
harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as in-
flammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To re-
move used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.
D Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.
D Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and fil-
ter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
Doityourself service
precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
210
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D Be extremely cautious when work-
ing on the battery. It contains poi-
sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
NOTICE
z Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or volt-
ages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.
z Add only “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality eth-
ylene glycol based nonsilicate,
nonamine, nonnitrite, and nonbo-
rate coolant with longlife hybrid
organic acid technology to fill the
radiator. And if you spill some of
the coolant, be sure to wash it off
with water to prevent it from dam-
aging the parts or paint.
z Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plug holes.
z Do not pry the outer electrode of a
spark plug against the center elec-
trode.
z Use only spark plugs of the speci-
fied type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of per-
formance or radio noise.
z Do not reuse iridiumtipped spark
plugs by cleaning or regapping.
z Do not overfill automatic transmis-
sion fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.
z Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.
z Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.
z When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not for-
gotten any tools, rags, etc.
Front
Rear
Positioning the jack
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
211
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
When jacking up your vehicle with the
jack, position the jack correctly as
shown in the illustrations.
CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe the
following to reduce the possibility of
personal injury:
D Follow jacking instructions.
D Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle supported by the
jack. Personal injury may occur.
D Do not start or run the engine while
your vehicle is supported by the
jack.
D Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking brake
and put the transmission in “P
(automatic) or reverse (manual).
Block the wheels on the opposite
side of the jack up point if neces-
sary.
D Make sure to set the jack properly
in the jack point. Raising the ve-
hicle with jack improperly posi-
tioned will damage the vehicle or
may allow the vehicle to fall off the
jack and cause personal injury.
D Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.
D Do not raise the vehicle with some-
one in the vehicle.
D When raising the vehicle, do not
place any objects on top of or un-
derneath the jack.
NOTICE
Make sure to place the jack correctly,
or your vehicle may be damaged.
Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need to perform doityourself mainte-
nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-
signed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Parts (if level is low):
D Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-
lent
See Section 72 for details about en-
gine oil selection.
Tools:
D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding oil)
CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT
LEVEL
Parts (if level is low):
D Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or
similar high quality ethylene glycol
based nonsilicate, nonamine, nonni-
trite, and nonborate coolant with long
life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is
premixed with 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water.
Tools:
D Funnel (only for adding coolant)
Parts and tools
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
212
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CHECKING BRAKE FLUID
Parts (if level is low):
D SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
brake fluid
Tools:
D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID
Parts (if level is low):
D Automatic transmission fluid
DEXRONrII or III
Tools:
D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
Tools:
D Warm water
D Baking soda
D Grease
D Conventional wrench (for terminal
clamp bolts)
CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES
Parts (if replacement is necessary):
D Fuse with same amperage rating as
original
ADDING WASHER FLUID
Parts:
D Water
D Washer fluid containing antifreeze
(for winter use)
Tools:
D Funnel
REPLACING LIGHT BULBS
Parts:
D Bulb with same number and wattage
rating as original (See charts in “Re-
placing light bulbs” in Section 73.)
Tools:
D Screwdriver
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
213
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
DOITYOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level 214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the engine coolant level 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the radiator and condenser 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking brake fluid 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking power steering fluid 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking tire inflation pressure 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing tires 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating tires 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing snow tires and chains 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing wheels 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum wheel precautions 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 7 2
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
214
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Low level Full level
Add oil O.K. Too full
1ZZFE engine
Low level Full level
Add oil O.K. Too full
2ZZGE engine
With the engine at operating tempera-
ture and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.
1. To get a true reading, the vehicle
should be on a level ground. After turn-
ing off the engine, wait a few minutes
for the oil to drain back into the bottom
of the engine.
2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
the end and wipe it clean.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level while holding a rag under the
end.
NOTICE
Be careful not to drop the engine oil
on the vehicle components.
If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.
Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick. We recommend that you use
a funnel when adding oil.
The approximate quantity of oil needed to
fill between the low level and the full level
on the dipstick is indicated below for ref-
erence.
When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap handtight.
Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):
1ZZFE engine 1.3 (1.4, 1.1)
2ZZGE engine 1.5 (1.6, 1.3)
NOTICE
z Be careful not to spill the engine
oil on the vehicle components.
z Avoid overfilling, or the engine
could be damaged.
z Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.
Checking the engine oil level
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
215
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
ENGINE OIL SELECTION
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is filled in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and viscos-
ity.
Oil grade:
API grade SL “EnergyConserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity:
SAE 5W30
Outside temperature
SAE 5W30 is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good starting in cold
weather.
If SAE 5W30 is not available, SAE
10W30 may be used. However, it
should be replaced with SAE 5W30 at
the next oil change.
API service symbol
ILSAC certification mark
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
216
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Oil identification marks
Either or both API registered marks are
added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.
The API Service Symbol is located any-
where on the outside of the container.
The top portion of the label shows the oil
quality by API (American Petroleum Insti-
tute) designations such as SL. The center
portion of the label shows the SAE viscos-
ity grade such as SAE 5W30. “Energy
Conserving” shown in the lower portion,
indicates that the oil has fuelsaving ca-
pabilities.
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-
dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-
fication Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.
To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-
mance for your engine,Toyota Genuine
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
specifically tested and approved for all
Toyota engines.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details about “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil”.
Look at the seethrough coolant reser-
voir when the engine is cold. The cool-
ant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the
reservoir. If the level is low, add the
coolant. (For the coolant type, see
“Coolant type selection” described be-
low.)
The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “LOW” line, you
should have your Toyota dealer add cool-
ant.
If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, drain cock and water
pump.
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the coolant reservoir cap or
air release valve when the engine is
hot.
Checking the engine coolant
level
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
217
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Coolant type selection
Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based nonsilicate, nonamine, nonnitrite,
and nonborate coolant with longlife
hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
with longlife hybrid organic acid
technology consists of the combination of
low phosphates and organic acids.)
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre
mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. This coolant provides protec-
tion down to about 35_C (31_F).
NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.
Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long
Life Coolant” which has been tested to
ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor
result in malfunction of your engine
coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota
Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated
with longlife hybrid organic acid
technology and has been specifically
designed to avoid engine cooling system
malfunction on Toyota vehicles.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details.
If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condi-
tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, be care-
ful not to touch the radiator or con-
denser when the engine is hot.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
work by yourself.
Checking the radiator and
condenser
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
218
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the seethrough reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical prob-
lem.
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.
CAUTION
Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
eyes and damage painted surfaces. If
fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water immediately. If
you still feel uncomfortable with your
eyes, go to the doctor.
NOTICE
If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash
it off with water to prevent it from
damaging the parts or paint.
If hot
O.K.
Close
Open
If hot add
If cold
add
If cold O.K.
Check the fluid level through the reser-
voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-
mission fluid DEXRONrII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (60_C—80_C or 140_F—175_F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is cold (about room temperature,
10_C—30_C or 50_F—85_F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.
Checking brake fluid Checking power steering fluid
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
219
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoir
tank and look at the fluid level. If the fluid
is cold, the level should be in the “COLD”
range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid level
should be in the “HOT” range. If the level
is at the low side of either range, add
automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII or
III to bring the level within the range.
To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-
terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-
voir cap, visually check the steering box
case, vane pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage.
CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-
ing could be damaged.
Keep your tire inflation pressures
at the proper level.
The recommended cold tire inflation
pressures, tire sizes and the com-
bined weight of occupants and cargo
(vehicle capacity weight) are de-
scribed in Section 8. They are also
on the tire and loading information la-
bel.
You should check the tire inflation
pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month. And do not forget the
spare!
Checking tire inflation
pressure
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
220
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The following instructions for
checking tire inflation pressure
should be observed:
D The pressure should be
checked only when the tires are
cold. If your vehicle has been
parked for at least 3 hours and has
not been driven for more than 1.5
km or 1 mile since, you will get
an accurate cold tire inflation pres-
sure reading.
D Always use a tire pressure
gauge. The appearance of a tire
can be misleading. Besides, tire
inflation pressures that are even
just a few pounds off can degrade
ride and handling.
D Take special care when adding
air to the compact spare tire.
The smaller tire size can gain
pressure very quickly. Add com-
pressed air in small quantities and
check the pressure often until it
reaches the specified pressure.
D Do not bleed or reduce tire
inflation pressure after driving.
It is normal for the tire inflation
pressure to be higher after driving.
D Never exceed the vehicle capac-
ity weight. The passenger and
luggage weight should be located
so that the vehicle is balanced.
Tire pressure gauge
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the tire valve cap.
2. Press the tip of the tire pressure
gauge to the tire valve.
3. Read the pressure using a gradua-
tion of the gauge.
4. In case that the tire inflation pres-
sure is not within the prescribed
range, insert the compressed air
from the valve. In case of applying
too much air, press the center of
the valve and release the air to ad-
just.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
221
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
5. After completing the tire inflation
pressure measurement and ad-
justment, apply soap water to the
valve and check the leakage.
6. Install the tire valve cap.
If the gauge and the air pump are not
available, have your vehicle checked
by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
Be sure to reinstall the tire valve
caps. Without the valve caps, dirt
or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.
If the caps have been lost, have
new ones put on as soon as pos-
sible.
Incorrect tire inflation pressure may
waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-
ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-
hicle less safe to drive.
If a tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by your Toyota deal-
er.
CAUTION
Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following condi-
tions may occur and cause an ac-
cident resulting in death or seri-
ous injuries.
Low tire pressure (underinfla-
tion)—
D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D Poor handling
D Possibility of blowouts from
overheated tire.
D Poor sealing of the tire bead
D Wheel deformation and/or tire
separation
D A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards
High tire pressure (overinfla-
tion)—
D Poor handling
D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
222
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Tread wear indicator
CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tires tread for the tread
wear indicators. If the indicators
show, replace the tires. The loca-
tion of the tread wear indicators is
shown by the “TWI or
Δ marks,
etc., molded on the sidewall of
each tire.
The tires on your Toyota have builtin
tread wear indicators to help you
know when the tires need replace-
ment. When the tread depth wears to
1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-
tors will appear. If you can see the
indicators in two or more adjacent
grooves, the tire should be replaced.
The lower the tread, the higher the
risk of skidding.
Vehicles equipped with 205/50R16
tires: Your Toyota has been fitted with
specially developed tires which pro-
vide exceptional dynamic perfor-
mance under general road conditions.
However your riding comfort may
worsen a little and road noise may in-
crease during driving. You may also
notice that your tires will wear more
rapidly and tire grip performance will
be reduced on the snowy and/or icy
roads when compared to standard
tires. Be sure to have snow tires or
tire chains on the snowy and/or icy
roads and drive carefully with the
speed appropriate for road conditions.
NOTICE
Low profile tire like 205/50R16
may have greater damage than
usual tires to its tire wheel
when receiving impact from the
road surface. Therefore, pay
attention to the following.
z Be sure to use with proper
tire pressure. If the tire pres-
sure is low, the tire may
have a greater damage. For
detailed information about
tire pressure, see Section 8.
z Avoid driving onto high,
sharpedged objects and oth-
er road hazards. Failure to
do so can lead to severe tire
damage.
Checking and replacing tires
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
223
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
The effectiveness of snow tires is
lost if the tread wears down below
4 mm (0.16 in.).
If you have tire damage such as
cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, or bulges indi-
cating internal damage, the tire
should be replaced.
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be
properly repaired due to the size or
location of a cut or other damage, it
should be replaced. If you are not
sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
If an air loss occurs while driving, do
not continue driving with a deflated
tire. Driving even a short distance can
damage a tire beyond repair.
Any tires which are over 6 years
old must be checked by a qualified
technician even if damage is not
obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This applies also to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.
REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use a tire of
the same size and construction,
and the same or greater maximum
load as the originally installed
tires.
Using any other size or type of tire
may seriously affect handling, ride,
speedometer/odometer calibration,
ground clearance, and clearance be-
tween the body and tires or snow
chains.
Check that the maximum load of the
replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the
Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)
of either the front axle or the rear
axle, whichever greater. As for the
maximum load of the tire, see the load
limit at maximum cold tire inflation
pressure mentioned on the sidewall
of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle
Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-
tification Label.
For details about the side wall of the
tire and the Certification Label.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
224
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
Observe the following instruc-
tions. Otherwise, an accident
may occur resulting in death or
serious injuries.
D Do not mix radial, bias belted,
or biasply tires on your ve-
hicle, as this may cause dan-
gerous handling characteris-
tics resulting in loss of control.
D Do not use tires other than the
manufacturers recommended
size, as this may cause danger-
ous handling characteristics
resulting in loss of control.
Toyota recommends all four tires,
or at least both of the front or rear
tires be replaced at a time as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section
4 for tire change procedure.
When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-
hicle handling and tire life. Wheels
can get out of balance with regular
use and should therefore be balanced
occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the
air valve should also be replaced
with a new one.
Turning direction
Type A
Type B
Vehicles equipped with directional
tires: You have directional tires,
and a turning indicator marked on
the side wall. Before rotating,
check whether your tires are direc-
tional before rotating them. Using
tires on the wrong side of the ve-
hicle will impair tire performance.
See the following instructions for how
to rotate your tires correctly.
Rotating tires
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
225
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Without directional tires (with a
spare tire of the same wheel
type as the installed tires)
Others
To equalize the wear and help ex-
tend tire life, Toyota recommends
that you rotate your tires accord-
ing to the maintenance schedule.
(For scheduled maintenance infor-
mation, please refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide orOwn-
er’s Manual Supplement”.)
However, the most appropriate tim-
ing for tire rotation may vary ac-
cording to your driving habits and
road surface conditions.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section
4 for tire change procedure.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out
ofbalance wheels, or severe braking.
CAUTION
Do not include a compact spare
tire when rotating the tires. It is
designed for temporary use only.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
226
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR
CHAINS
Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.
SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select tires of
the same size, construction and load
capacity as the originally installed tires.
Do not use tires other than those men-
tioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.
CAUTION
Do not use snow tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control. Otherwise, an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.
SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION
Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.
Installing snow tires on the front wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.
When storing removed tires, you should
store them in a cool dry place.
Mark the direction of rotation and be sure
to install them in the same direction when
replacing.
CAUTION
D Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.
D Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.
TIRE CHAIN SELECTION
Use the tire chains of correct size and
type.
Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chains
except radial cable chains or Vbar type
chains.
Regulations regarding the use of tire
chains vary according to location or
type of road, so always check the local
regulations before installing chains.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Install the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the rear tires. Retighten
chains after driving 0.5—1.0 km
(1/4—1/2 mile).
When installing chains on your tires, care-
fully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.
Installing snow tires and
chains
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
227
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
D Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or
the chain manufacturer’s recom-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
D Drive carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.
D Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel
braking, as use of chains may ad-
versely affect vehicle handling.
D When driving with chains installed,
be sure to drive carefully. Slow
down before entering curves to
avoid losing control of the vehicle.
Otherwise an accident may occur.
NOTICE
Do not attempt to use a tire chain on
the compact spare tire, as it may re-
sult in damage to the vehicle as well
as the tire.
WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
loss of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are re-
placed by ones with the same load ca-
pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
This must be observed on compact spare
tires, too.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bear-
ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-
eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-
ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.
Replacement with used wheels is not rec-
ommended as they may have been sub-
jected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.
CAUTION
Do not use wheels other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control. Otherwise, an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.
Replacing wheels
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
228
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
D When installing aluminum wheels,
check that the wheel nuts are tight
after driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles).
D If you have rotated, repaired, or
changed your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving
1600 km (1000 miles).
D When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.
D Use only the Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for your aluminum
wheels.
D When balancing your wheels, use only
Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.
D As with any wheel, periodically check
your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.
Aluminum wheel precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
229
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
DOITYOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition 230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 7 3
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
230
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.
D Do not cause a spark from the bat-
tery with tools.
D Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.
The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
D Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.
D Never ingest electrolyte.
D Wear protective safety glasses when
working near the battery.
D Keep children away from the bat-
tery.
EMERGENCY MEASURES
D If electrolyte gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, con-
tinue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medi-
cal office.
D If electrolyte gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medi-
cal attention immediately.
D If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
there is a possibility of its soaking
through to your skin, so immediate-
ly take off the exposed clothing and
follow the procedure above, if nec-
essary.
D If you accidentally swallow electro-
lyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magne-
sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emer-
gency help.
Terminals
Ground
cable
Holddown clamp
Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
holddown clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and bak-
ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-
nals with grease to prevent further cor-
rosion.
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
c. Tighten the holddown clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.
Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
—Checking battery exterior
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
231
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
z Be sure the engine and all accesso-
ries are off before performing main-
tenance.
z When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“” mark) first and rein-
stall it last.
z Be careful not to cause a short cir-
cuit with tools.
z Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the moon roof may not operate
automatically and the jam protection func-
tion will not function correctly after you
reconnect, replace or recharge the battery.
In any of these cases, you should normal-
ize the moon roof. To normalize the moon
roof, see “Electric moon roof” in Section
12.
Type A
Green Dark
Clear or
light yellow
Type B
Blue White Red
CHECKING BY INDICATOR
Check the battery condition by the indi-
cator color.
Indicator color
Condition
Type A Type B
Green Blue Good
Dark White
Charging necessary.
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
Clear or
light
yellow
Red
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
During recharging, the battery is pro-
ducing hydrogen gas.
Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
2. Be sure the power switch on the re-
charger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.
CAUTION
D Always charge the battery in an un-
confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventila-
tion.
D Only do a slow charge (5 A or
less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may ex-
plode, causing personal injuries.
NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
—Checking battery condition Battery recharging precautions
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
232
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Good Blown
Type A
Good Blown
Type B
Good Blown
Type C
Good Blown
Type D
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
See “Fuse locations” in Section 71 for
locations of the fuses.
Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull a suspected fuse
straight out and check it.
Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
Section 8 of this manual for the functions
controlled by each circuit.
Checking and replacing fuses
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
233
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
pullout tool. The location of the pullout
tool is shown in the illustration.
If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-
ing designated on the fuse box lid.
If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “RADIO”,
“CIG” or “HTR” fuse, which may be dis-
pensable for normal driving, and use it if
its amperage rating is the same.
If you cannot use one of the same amper-
age, use one that is lower, but as close
as possible to the rating. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your ve-
hicle for emergencies.
If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical sys-
tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher am-
perage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause ex-
tensive damage and possibly a fire.
If any washer does not work, the wash-
er tank may be empty. Check the wash-
er fluid level on the level gauge. If the
washer fluid level is below “LOW”, add
washer fluid.
You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where tempera-
tures range below freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.
Adding washer fluid
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
234
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.
The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.
CAUTION
D To prevent burning yourself, do not
replace the light bulbs while they
are hot.
D Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.
Vehicles with discharge headlights—
D Do not touch the high voltage sock-
et when the headlight turns on.
20000 V is momentarily generated
and may cause severe injury by
electric shock.
D Do not disassemble, repair or take
apart the headlight bulbs, connec-
tor, power supply circuits and ro-
tated components. Or you may be
injured by electric shocks. Call your
dealer when the headlights fail to
work or have to be replaced or dis-
posed of.
The inside of the lens of exterior lights
such as headlights may temporarily fog up
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
in a car wash. This is not a problem
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside
and inside of the lens, just like the
windshield fogged up in the rain. However,
if there is a large drop of water on the
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your
Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.
Replacing light bulbs
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
235
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
A: D2S discharge bulbs
B: H7 halogen bulbs
C: HB3 halogen bulbs
D: H3 halogen bulbs
E: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
F: Single end bulbs (amber)
G: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
H: Single end bulbs (clear)
I: Double end bulbs
TypeWBulb No.
35
55
Light bulbs
Headlights (low)
With discharge headlights
Without discharge headlights
Headlights (high)
A
B
Front fog lights
Parking lights
Front turn signal lights
Front side marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
Stop/tail and rear side marker lights
Backup lights
License plate lights
Interior light
With moon roof
Without moon roof
Glove box light
Luggage compartment light
609005 C
55—D
5—E
21—F
3.8194 E
21—G
21/57443 E
16921 E
5—E
10
8
H
I
1.2—E
5—I
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
236
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
1. Open the hood.
RIGHT SIDE HEADLIGHT—Remove the
clips and take out the cover. In doing
so, remove the washer hose from the
notch on the cover.
Remove and install the cover clips as
shown in the following illustrations.
Removing clip
Installing clip
—Low beam headlights
(without discharge headlights)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
237
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
2. Unplug the connector. Remove the
rubber cover.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.
3. Release the bulb retaining spring
and remove the bulb along with the
socket. Install a new bulb into the
socket and return the bulb retaining
spring to its original position.
To install a bulb, align the tabs of the
bulb with the cutout of the mounting hole.
4. Install the rubber cover with the
“TOP” mark upward, and fit it se-
curely on the boss. Plug in the con-
nector.
Make sure the rubber cover fits securely
on the bulb base and the mounting body.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-
essary, contact your Toyota dealer.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
238
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
5. RIGHT SIDE HEADLIGHT—Install the
cover.
NOTICE
Always notch the washer hose before
fastening it when installing the cover.
This prevents washer hose damage.
1. Open the hood.
RIGHT SIDE HEADLIGHT—Remove the
clips and take out the cover. In doing
so, remove the washer hose from the
notch on the cover.
Remove and install the cover clips as
shown in the following illustrations.
—High beam headlights
(without discharge headlights)
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
239
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Removing clip
Installing clip
2. Turn the bulb base counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Pull the bulb out of the bulb base
and install a new bulb.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
240
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
4. Insert the bulb base into the mount-
ing hole by turning it clockwise.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-
essary, contact your Toyota dealer.
5. RIGHT SIDE HEADLIGHT—Install the
cover.
NOTICE
Always notch the washer hose before
fastening it when installing the cover.
This prevents washer hose damage.
If either the left or right front fog or
front side marker lights burns out, con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
Do not try to replace the front fog or
front side marker light bulbs by your-
self. You may damage the vehicle.
—Front fog and front side
marker lights
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
241
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
RIGHT SIDE PARKING LIGHT—Remove
and install the clips as shown in the
following illustrations.
NOTICE
Always notch the washer hose before
fastening it when installing the cover.
This prevents washer hose damage.
Removing clip
Installing clip
—Parking lights
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
242
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
RIGHT SIDE FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT—Remove and install the clips as
shown in the following illustrations.
NOTICE
Always notch the washer hose before
fastening it when installing the cover.
This prevents washer hose damage.
—Front turn signal lights
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
243
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Removing clip
Installing clip
—Rear turn signal, stop/tail
and rear side marker, and
backup lights
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
244
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
a: Stop/tail and rear side marker light
b: Backup light
c: Rear turn signal light
Use a Phillipshead screwdriver.
—License plate lights
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
245
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Dimensions and weights 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service specifications 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 8
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
246
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Overall length mm (in.) 4330 (170.5)
Overall width mm (in.) 1735 (68.3)
Overall height mm (in.) 1305 (51.8)
Wheelbase mm (in.) 2600 (102.4)
Front tread mm (in.) 1490 (58.7)
Rear tread mm (in.) 1480 (58.3)
Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants + luggage)
kg (lb.) 329 (725)
Towing capacity
(trailer weight + cargo weight)
kg (lb.) 907 (2000)
: Unladen vehicle
Model:
1ZZFE and 2ZZGE
Type:
4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
1ZZFE engine
79.0 91.5 (3.11 3.60)
2ZZGE engine
82.0 85.0 (3.23 3.35)
Displacement, cm
3
(cu. in.):
1ZZFE engine 1794 (109.5)
2ZZGE engine 1796 (109.6)
Fuel type:
1ZZFE engine
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher
2ZZGE engine
Select premium unleaded gasoline with
an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Oc-
tane Number 96) or higher for opti-
mum engine performance
Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
55 (14.5, 12.1)
Dimensions and weights Engine Fuel
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
247
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
ENGINE
Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
1ZZFE engine
Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)
2ZZGE engine (on a roller side)
Intake 0.08—0.18 (0.003—0.007)
Exhaust 0.22—0.32 (0.009—0.013)
Spark plug type:
1ZZFE engine
DENSO SK16R11
NGK IFR5A11
2ZZGE engine
DENSO SK20R11
NGK IFR6A11
Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
1.1 (0.043)
ENGINE LUBRICATION
Oil capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1ZZFE engine
With filter 3.7 (3.9, 3.3)
Without filter 3.5 (3.7, 3.1)
2ZZGE engine
With filter 4.4 (4.8, 4.0)
Without filter 4.2 (4.6, 3.8)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is filled in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Oil grade:
API grade SL “EnergyConserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 5W30
Outside temperature
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details.
COOLING SYSTEM
Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1ZZFE engine
Manual transaxle 5.7 (6.0, 5.0)
Automatic transaxle 5.6 (5.9, 4.9)
2ZZGE engine
Manual transaxle 5.9 (6.2, 5.2)
Automatic transaxle 5.8 (6.1, 5.1)
Coolant type:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is
filled in your Toyota vehicle at factory
fill. In order to avoid technical problems,
only use “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based nonsilicate, nonamine,
nonnitrite, and nonborate coolant with
longlife hybrid organic acid technology.
Do not use plain water alone.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details.
Service specifications
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
248
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
BATTERY
Open voltage
at 20_C (68_F):
12.6—12.8 V Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V Half charged
11.8—12.0 V Discharged
: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-
ter the key is removed with all the lights
turned off
Charging rates:
5 A max.
CLUTCH
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
5—15 (0.2—0.6)
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1ZZFE engine 1.9 (2.0, 1.7)
2ZZGE engine 2.3 (2.4, 2.0)
Oil type:
Gear oil API GL4 or GL5
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W90
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Fluid capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1ZZFE engine
Up to 2.9 (3.1, 2.6)
2ZZGE engine
Up to 3.5 (3.7, 3.1)
Fluid type:
Toyota Genuine ATF Type TIV
Change automatic transmission fluid only
as necessary.
Generally, it is necessary to change auto-
matic transmission fluid only if your ve-
hicle is driven under one of the Special
Operating Conditions listed in your
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-
er’s Manual Supplement”. When changing
the automatic transmission fluid, use only
“Toyota Genuine ATF Type TIV” (ATF
JWS3309 or NWS6500) to aid in assuring
optimum transaxle performance.
Notice: Using automatic transmission
fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF
Type T IV” may cause deterioration in
shift quality, locking up of your trans-
mission accompanied by vibration, and
ultimately damage the automatic trans-
mission of your vehicle.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details.
BRAKES
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
with the engine running, mm (in.):
85 (3.4)
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake adjustment when pulled with
the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):
7—8 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
STEERING
Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII
or III
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
249
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Tire size and cold tire inflation pressure:
Model Tire size
Tire inflation pressure
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Wheel size
Front Rear
1ZZFE engine
195/60R15 88H 210 (2.1, 29) 210 (2.1, 29) 15 61/2JJ
P195/60R15 87H 210 (2.1, 29) 210 (2.1, 29) 15 61/2JJ
2ZZGE engine
205/55R15 87V 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 15 61/2JJ
P205/55R15 87V 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 15 61/2JJ
205/50R16 87V 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 61/2JJ
Compact spare tire
Tire size Tire inflation pressure
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Wheel size
T125/70D16 96M 420 (4.2, 60) 16 4T
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·Ibf):
103 (10.5, 76)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pres-
sure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions” in Section 72.
Tires
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
250
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Engine compartment
Engine compartment
Fuses (type A)
1. AUTO ANTENNA 15 A: Power antenna
2. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: No circuit
3. HEAD RH UPR 20 A: No circuit
4. HEAD LVL DRL NO.1 7.5 A: Daytime
running light system, headlight beam
level control system
5. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Righthand
headlight (low beam)
6. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Lefthand head-
light (low beam)
7. ABS NO.2 25 A: Antilock brake sys-
tem
Instrument panel
8. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse
9. HORN 10 A: Horn
10. ALTS 7.5 A: Charging system
11. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse
12. EFI NO.1 10 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injec-
tion system
13. DCC 25 A: “RADIO”, “DOME”, “MPX
B” and “ECUB” fuses
14. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse
15. EFI NO.2 10 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injec-
tion system, emission control system
Fuses
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
251
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
16. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel injection
system, “EFI NO.1 and “EFI NO.2”
fuses
17. ST 7.5 A: Starting system, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential multi-
port fuel injection system
18. AM2 7.5 A: Starting system
19. IG2 15 A: Starting system, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential multi-
port fuel injection system
20. HAZ 10 A: Emergency flashers
21. ETCS 10 A: Electronic throttle control
system
22. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Righthand
headlight (high beam)
23. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Lefthand head-
light (high beam), daytime running light
system
24. S/ROOF 15 A: Electric moon roof
25. FL P/W 20 A: Power windows
26. STOP 10 A: Stop lights, antilock
brake system, high mounted stoplight,
multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
tial multiport fuel injection system, elec-
tronically controlled automatic transmis-
sion system, cruise control system
27. SRSIG 7.5 A: SRS airbag system
28. WASHER 15 A: Windshield washer,
rear window washer
29. RADIO 15 A: Car audio system
30. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights
31. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system
32. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, instrument panel
lights, license plate lights, front side
maker lights
33. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter
34. AM1 25 A: Starting system, “CIG”,
“ECU ACC”, “SRSIG”, “WASHER”,
“WIPER”, “BK/UP LP”, “TENS RDC”,
“DEF RLY”, “BODY ECUIG”, “TURN”,
“HTR”, “WARNING”, “FAN RLY”, “ABS
IG” and “ECUIG” fuses
35. DOOR 20 A: Power door lock system
36. FR FOG 15 A: Front fog lights
37. OBD 7.5 A: Onboard diagnosis sys-
tem
38. WIPER 25 A: Windshield wipers
39. MIR HTR 10 A: No circuit
40. RR WIPER 15 A: Rear window wiper
41. FR P/W 20 A: Power windows
Fuses (type B)
42. SPARE 7.5 A: Spare fuse
43. a. MPXB 7.5 A: Wireless remote con-
trol system
b. RR FOG 7.5 A: No
circuit
c. DOME 7.5 A: Clock, interior light
d. ECUB 7.5 A: Air conditioning sys-
tem, gauges and meters
44. a. WARNING 5 A: Charging system,
gauges and meters
b. ECUIG 5 A: Cruise control system
c. ABSIG 5 A: Antilock brake sys-
tem
d. FAN RLY 5 A: Electric cooling
fan
45. a. PANEL1 7.5 A: Glove box light, in-
strument panel lights
b. PANEL2 7.5 A: Front fog lights, in-
strument panel lights, instrument
cluster lights
c. ECUACC 7.5 A: Clock, car audio
system, power rear view mirror con-
trols, power antenna
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
252
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
46. a. BK/UP LP 5 A: Backup lights
b. DEF RLY 5 A: Power windows, rear
window defogger
c. BODY ECUIG 5 A: Multiplex com-
munication system
d. TENS RDC 5 A: Electronically con-
trolled automatic transmission sys-
tem, shift lock control system, elec-
tric moon roof, power antenna
Fuses (type C)
47. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system
48. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fan
49. ABS NO.1 50 A: Antilock brake sys-
tem
50. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fan
51. MAIN 40 A: Starting system, daytime
running light system, “ST” fuse
52. APMP 50 A: Emission control system
53. HLP CLN 50 A: No circuit
54. DEF 30 A: Rear window defogger
Fuses (type D)
55. ALT 120 A: Cooling system, electric
cooling fan, starting system, rear win-
dow defogger, tail lights, “ABS NO.1”,
“ABS NO.2”, “HTR”, “FR P/W”, “FL
P/W”, “DOOR”, “OBD”, “STOP”, “S/
ROOF”, “MIR HTR”, “FR FOG” and
“AM1” fuses
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
253
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 9
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
254
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately in-
form the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in
addition to notifying Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Tollfree: 18003314331).
If NHTSA receives similar com-
plaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of ve-
hicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may ei-
ther call the Auto Safety Hotline
tollfree at 18004249393 (or
3660123 in Washington, D.C.
area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.
Department of Transportation,
Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from the Hot-
line.
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
i
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of valueconscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and troublefree motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:
D U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Tol lfree: 18003314331
D CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll free: 1888TOYOTA8 (18888696828)
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
© 2003 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota
Motor Corporation.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Publication No. OM20823U
Part No. 01999-20823
Printed in Japan 01030800
C
Quick index
D If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 83. . . . . . . . .
D If your vehicle will not start 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D If your engine stalls while driving 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D If your vehicle overheats 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D If you have a flat tire 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D If your vehicle needs to be towed 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D Tips for driving during breakin period 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D How to start the engine 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D General maintenance 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas station information
Fuel type:
1ZZFE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher
2ZZGE engine: Premium UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 91
(Research Octane Number 96) or higher
See page 134 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
55 L (14.5 gal., 12.1 lmp. gal.)
Engine oil:
API grade SL “EnergyConserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is
recommended.
See page 215 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 219 through 228.
Tire inflation pressure: See page 249.
U −7
Gas Station Information
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
ii
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Important information about this manual
Safety and vehicle damage warnings
Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-
age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause
injury to people if the warning is ignored. You are
informed about what you must or must not do in
order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
others.
NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.
Safety symbol
When you see the safety symbol
shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
happen”.
Important Information About
This Manual
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
iii
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Important information about your Toyota
Occupant restraint systems
Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to
read Section 13 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In
terms of helping you understand how you can receive the
maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this
vehicle provides, Section 13 of this Owner’s Manual is
the most important Section for you and your family to
read.
Section 13 describes the function and operation concern-
ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-
tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you
should be aware of. These systems work together along
with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide
occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of
each system is enhanced when it is used properly and
together with other systems. No single occupant restraint
system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the
equal level of restraint which these systems can provide
when used together. That is why it is important for you and
your family to understand the purpose and proper use of
each of these systems and how they relate to each other.
The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help
reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-
ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the
event of collision. However, the more you know about
these systems and how to use them properly, the greater
your chances become of surviving an accident without
death or serious injury.
Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of
the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear
seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be
secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for
their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,
and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes
for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing
the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of
the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
iv
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with
tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-
bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources
of injury if an occupant is too close to an airbag, or if an
object or some part of his or her body has been placed
between the occupant and the airbag at the time of deploy-
ment. This is just one example of how the instructions in
Section 13 of this Owner’s Manual will help ensure proper
use of the occupant restraint systems, and increase the
safety they can provide to you and your family in the event
of an accident.
Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section
13 carefully and refer to them from time to time during
your time of ownership of this vehicle.
New vehicle warranty
Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
warranties:
D New vehicle warranty
D Emission control systems warranty
D Others
For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s
Warranty Information Bookletor “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.
Your responsibility for
maintenance
It is owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified
maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of these
maintenance requirements. Also included in Section 6 is
general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance informa-
tion, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
v
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Important health and safety
information about your Toyota
CAUTION
D WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-
ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-
nents contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth de-
fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,
oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as
well as waste produced by component wear con-
tain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm.
D Battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your
hands after handling. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your skin by washing
thoroughly with soap and water.
Accessories, spare parts and
modification of your Toyota
A wide variety of nongenuine spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-
ucts and is not responsible either for their performance,
repair or replacement, or for any damage they may cause
to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota ve-
hicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with nongenuine
Toyota products. Modification with nongenuine Toyota
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-
tion, damage or performance problems resulting from the
modification may not be covered under warranty.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
vi
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Spark ignition system of your
Toyota
The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-
ments of the Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment
Standard.
Installation of a mobile
twoway radio system
As the installation of a mobile twoway radio system in
your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multi-
port fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system, electronic throttle control system, cruise control
system, antilock brake system, SRS airbag system and
seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check with your
Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions regarding installation.
Tires and loading on your
Toyota
Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and the
excess load may result in the deterioration of
steering ability and braking ability, leading to an
accident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-
cally and be sure to keep the load limits given in
this Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflation
pressure and load limits, see “Checking tire infla-
tion pressure” in Section 72 and “Vehicle load
limits” in Section 2.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
vii
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-
sioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
vehicle.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
viii
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Important Information About
Your Toyota
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
You should know as much about the quality and
importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
running order is to maintain it properly from
the moment you drive it off the showroom
floor.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
packed with literally everything you need to
know to perform your own maintenance in
virtually every area of your new vehicle.
Repair Manual Information
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
Where to obtain the
Repair Manual
The repair manual for CELICA, written in Eng-
lish, may be purchased as applicable from any
Toyota dealer.
Pub. Name: 2004 CELICA Repair Manual
Pub. No.: RM1066U1
RM1066U2
Maintenance procedures for the engine,
chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.
Periodic maintenance and tune−up
Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre-
vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat-
er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main-
tenance is required and clearly explains how to do the
work yourself step−by−step.
Areas covered include such things as spark plug re-
placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil
and filter replacement.
background
’04MY CELICA U (L/O 0308)
2004 CELICA from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM20823U)
WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP
Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.
Toyota belts are:
D Comfortable
D Easy to use
D Convenient
We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.
U
Seat Belt Warning

Specifications

Toyota 2004 CELICA Questions and Answers

Questions and Answers

Related Products

Product Toyota 2005 TOYOTA ECHO image
Toyota 2005 Toyota Echo Car
2019-12-25 2 docs
Product Toyota 2013 TOYOTA CAMRY image
2013 Toyota Camry Car
2019-11-13 1 docs